Data Sheets, Approved Vendors

GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED
PADAMLA – GODHARA GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)
TENDER DOCUMENT
FOR
LAYING OF PIPELINES, TERMINALS AND ASSOCIATED

FACILITIES
EPC CONTRACT
VOLUME - IB OF V
(PARTICULAR JOB SPECIFICATIONS)
TENDER NO. 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)
MECON LIMITED
(A Govt. of India Undertaking)
SCOPE MINAR
th
15 Floor, North Tower
Laxmi Nagar District Centre
DELHI – 110 092
November,2006
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Cover-Nov'06.doc

PADMALA – GODHARA GAS
PIPELINE PROJECT
Tender Document for EPC Contracts
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. Tender Doc. No.: 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC) MECON LIMITED
Volume-IB of V
TABLE OF CONTENT
FOR
VOLUME-IB OF V
(GENERAL – TECHNICAL)
Name of Project : EPC contract including Residual Engineering,

Procurement, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of Pipelines, Terminals and
Associated Facilities for Padmala – Godhara Pipeline
Project of GSPL.
Tender Document No. : 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)
Sl.No. Description
PART-D 1) Particular Job Specification (PJS) for Pipeline, Piping & Mechanical Works
2) Particular Job Specification for Civil, Architectural & Structural Works
3) Particular Job Specification for Electrical Works
4) Particular Job Specification for Instrumentation Works
5) Particular Job Specification for Telecommunication Works
6) Particular Job Specification for Cathodic Protection Works
7) Particular Job Specification for CO2 Flooding System
Note: Part-A, B & C covered in Volume-IA of V i.e. General – Commercial
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Master Table of Content.doc

GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED
PADAMLA – GODHARA GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)
TENDER DOCUMENT
FOR
LAYING OF PIPELINES, TERMINALS AND ASSOCIATED

FACILITIES
EPC CONTRACT
(Volume-IA, IB, IC, II, III, IV & V)
TENDER NO. 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)
MECON LIMITED
(A Govt. of India Undertaking)
SCOPE MINAR
th
15 Floor, North Tower
Laxmi Nagar District Centre
DELHI – 110 092
November,2006
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Cover-Nov'06.doc
PIPELINE PROJECT
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. Tender Doc. No.: 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC) MECON LIMITED
MASTER TABLE OF CONTENT
Name of Project : EPC contract including Residual Engineering,

Procurement, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of Pipelines, Terminals and
Associated Facilities for Padmala – Godhara Pipeline
Project of GSPL.
Tender Document No. : 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)
Sl.No. Description
1) Volume-IA of V : General – Commercial

(IFB, ITB, GCC, SCC – Commercial)
2) Volume-IB of V : General – Technical (Particular Jobs Specification)
3) Volume-IC of V : Price Schedule
4) Volume-II of V : Standard Technical Specification

(Pipeline Laying, Piping & Mechanical)
5) Volume-III of V : Standards Technical Specification

(Civil, Architectural & Structural)
6) Volume-IV of V : Standards Technical Specification

(Electrical, Instrumentation, Telecommunication Works &
CP Works)
7) Volume-V of V : Tender Drawings & Standard Drawings
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Master Table of Content.doc

PIPELINE PROJECT
Tender Doc. No.: 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. Volume-IB of V MECON LIMITED
1.0 PARTICULAR JOB SPECIFICATION

(PIPELINE, PIPING, & MECHNICAL WORKS)
[12” x 37.5 km Padmala – Godhara Gas Pipeline
Project]
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\PJS-Final-GSPL.doc Page 1 of 55

PIPELINE PROJECT
CONTENTS
Sl.No. Description
1.0 General & Project Description

2.0 Work Tendered
3.0 Scope of Work
4.0 Engineering Review for Pipeline & Terminal
5.0 Contractor Responsibilities
6.0 As-Built Documents
7.0 Resources/ Facilities
8.0 Project Scheduling & Monitoring
9.0 Other Construction Requirement
10.0 Documentation
11.0 Plan, Design, Drawing by Contractor
12.0 Survey and Level/ Setting out Work
13.0 Order of Works/ Permissions/ Right of Entry/ Care of Existing Services
14.0 Make of Material/ Bought Out Items
15.0 Inspection of Supply Items
16.0 Appendix to Particular Job Specification
16.1 Appendix-I (Design basis)
16.2 Appendix-II (Data Sheets for Mechanical Items etc.)
16.3 Appendix-III (QAP for Mechanical Items etc.)
16.4 Appendix-IV (List of Approved vendors for Bought out items)
16.5 Appendix-V (Amendment to pipeline standard and specification)
16.6 Appendix-VI (Scheme showing demarcation of M/L and Terminal)
16.7 Appendix-VII (Third Party Agency)
16.8 Appendix-VIII (List of minimum nos of construction equipment to be deployed)
16.9 Appendix-IX (Health, Safety & Environment)
16.10 Appendix-X (Minimum Criteria for Operational Acceptance)
16.11 Appendix-XI (Welding Specifications Chart for M/L & Terminal)
16.12 Appendix-XII (Transition Fitting)
16.13 Appendix-XIII [Pipeline Information Management System (PIMS)]

PIPELINE PROJECT
1.0 GENERAL & PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.1 GENERAL
1.1.1 Special Condition of Contract shall be read in Conjunction with the General
Conditions of Contract, specification of work, Drawing and any other documents
forming part of this contract wherever the context so requires.
1.1.2 Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate sections
and volumes every part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to and
complementary of every other part and shall be read with and into the contract so
far as it may be practicable to do so.
1.1.3 Where any portion of the General Condition of Contract is repugnant, to or at

variance with any provisions of the Special Conditions of Contract, unless a
different intention appears, the provisions of the Special Conditions of Contract
shall be deemed to over-ride the provisions of the General Condition of Contract
and shall to the extent of such repugnancy, or variations, prevail.
1.1.4 The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant INDIAN
STANDARDS, the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS contained herein and CODES
referred to. Where the technical specification stipulate requirements in addition to
those contained in the standard codes and specifications, these additional
requirements shall also be satisfied.
1.1.5 Wherever it is mentioned in the specifications that the CONTRACTOR shall perform
certain work or provide certain facilities, it is understood that the CONTRACTOR
shall do so at his cost and the VALUE OF CONTRACT shall be deemed to have
included cost of such performance and provisions, so mentioned.
1.1.6 It will be Contractor’s responsibility to bring to the notice of Engineer-in-charge any

irreconcilable conflict in the contract documents before starting the work(s) or
making the supply with reference which the conflict exists.
1.1.7 In the absence of any specifications covering any material, design of work(s) the
same shall be performed/ supplied/ executed in accordance with Standard
Engineering Practice as per the instructions/ directions of the Engineer-in-charge,
which will be binding on the Contractor.

PIPELINE PROJECT
1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.2.1 M/s GSPL intend to lay a 12” x 37.5 km pipeline from Padamla tap-off near
Baroda on 24” OD Baroda – Ahmedabad – Kalol pipeline. The proposed pipeline
is approximately ~ 37.5 km long and 12” dia. and will transport ~ 1.5 MMSCMD
intermingled RLNG & Natural Gas from Padamla tap-off to Halol for distribution
to domestic, automobile, commercial & industrial consumers.
1.2.2 Detail of Existing Pipeline
The tap-off shall be taken from existing SV at Padmala on Baroda – Ahmedabad

– Kalol Pipeline.
Status of Pipeline : Under Operation

Line Size : 24” OD
Length : ~134 km
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure : 95 bar (g)
1.2.3 Proposed Grid Line
The proposed new pipeline shall be originated from Padamla tap-off at Baroda –
Ahmedabad – Kalol Pipeline and shall be terminated at Halol. The new pipeline
shall be of 12” OD and 37.5 km in length.
Basic objective of the new pipeline is to cater to the need of industrial

commercial & automobiles consumers in that area.
1.2.4 Details of Proposed Pipeline

Length, in km : ~37.5
Pipe Specification : API 5L Gr. X-65, PSL-2
Thickness : 6.4mm, 7.1mm & 8.7mm
Operating Pressure : 50 bar(g)
Maximum Allowance Operating Pressure : 95 bar(g)
External Coating : 3-LPE
Tap-off & Spurlines : Five nos of chainage(chainage 1.0
km,1.07km,11.42km,23.870km,
37.23 km) each shall be originated
from mainline.
No. of SV Stations : One No.
Pig Launcher cum Receiver : At sokhada
Pig Receiver cum Launcher : At Halol
Filtration : At Halol & end off Spur lines
Metering : At Halol & end off Spur lines
Let Down Unit : At Halol & end off Spur lines

PIPELINE PROJECT
1.3 Pipeline and Facilities
The route of the proposed pipeline has been decided by M/s GSPL, the salient
feature of the pipeline routes is described in the civil, mechanical document.
The entire pipeline network has been divided into the following section.
1.3.1 Trunk Line
• Padamla to Halol (~ 37.5 km)
1.3.2 Spurline
• GIDC Halol at ch. 37.230 km
1.3.3 Consumer Connection
• Tap-off Station at ch. 37.230 km on 12” Padmala – Halol Pipeline to

GIDC Halol through 12” NB pipeline.
1.3.4 Terminals
At following location pipeline terminals are provided.
• Tap-off cum Despatch Terminal : At Sokhada

• Receipt Terminal : At Halol
• Tap-off Stations : At sokhada at ch.1.0 km, For GIDC,
Manjusar at ch. 11.42 km, for GIDC
Savili at ch. 23.870 km & for
General Motor Halol at ch. 37.230
km .
1.3.5 Pipeline Design
Based on the optimization studies carried out the following design parameters
have been considered for Mechanical Design of Pipeline System.
Pipeline diameter (NB) in inches : 12” / 8”

Design Pressure, bar,g : 95
Design Temperature, °C : -20 to 65 (aboveground)
: 45 (buried)
Corrosion Allowance : 0 mm
Material of Construction : Carbon Steel
1.3.6 Pipeline Material
Pipeline & its appurtenances shall be provided with carbon steel material suitable
for the intended service as indicated above.

PIPELINE PROJECT
a) Line Pipe
Line pipe shall confirm to API Specification 5L, PSL-2 Quality. The grade of line
pipe shall be API 5L Gr. X-65 / Gr. X-52 as indicated above. Pipe wall thickness
shall confirm to ASME B31.8 and shall also meet the requirement of OISD 141.
At river X-ing higher wall thickness shall be used.
b) Pipeline Fitting and Flanges
All pipeline materials such as pipe, valves, flanges and fittings etc. shall be of
class 600#.
1.4 PIPELINE PARAMETERS

1.4.1 Pipeline Details
A) Mainline
Section : Padamla – Halol

Length of Pipeline : ~37.5 km
Flow Rate, SCMD : 1.5 MMSCMD
Pipeline Diameter : 12" NB
Pipeline Thickness : 6.4mm, 7.1mm & 8.7mm
Material : API 5L
Pipeline Grade : X-65, PSL-2
MOC : CS (Carbon Steel)
Pipeline Rating : 600# Rating
Corrosion Allowance : 0.5mm
Roughness (micron) : 45
B) Spurline-I
Section : Tap-off at ch. 37.230 to GIDC Halol

Pipeline Diameter : 12" NB
Pipeline Thickness : 7.4mm
Material : API 5L
Corrosion Allowance : nil
i) Despatch Termina lcum Tap-off at Sokhada
– Hook-up with existing facilities at Sokhada.

– Pig launching cum receiving and pig handling facilities.
– Local mounted instrument such as PT, TG.
– Associated piping, civil, structural, architectural, electrical and
instrumentation works.

PIPELINE PROJECT
ii) SV Station and tap-off points

– Gas actuated extended stem valves, ball/ globe valves, and gas venting
facility and, co2-flooding system shall be provided.
– Scada system with battery backup, LEL system.
– Associated piping, civil, architectural, structural, electrical & instrumentation
works.
iii) Receiving Terminal at Halol
Equipment : Scrapper launcher cum Receiver with handling

system, cartridge filter
Valves : Gear & hand operated valves of different size &
types
Instrument/ SCADA : Gas actuated inlet valve, panel/ local mounted

instrument, ultrasonic meters, pressure safety
valves, pressure reducing & slam shut-off valves,
LEL based leak detector system, RTU.
Flow computers, gas chromatograph and other

instrument, telecommunication & SCADA Works.
Electrical : Area lighting/ earthing of electrical & equipment,

UPS and battery backup,
-Building Lighting
Civil : Office/ Control room, SCADA, telecommunication,

battery room and other civil works.
Associated piping civil, structural, architectural, electrical, telecommunication/

SCADA and instrumentation works.
2.0 WORK TENDERED
2.1 The work tendered in this bid package consists of detailed engineering,
engineering for procurement, supply, fabrication, installation, testing, pre-
commissioning and commissioning of the mainline, spur line, terminal facilities at
Despatch, SV cum Tap-off, Tap-off, Receiving Terminals including all associated
mechanical, civil, structural, electrical, telecommunication & Instrumentation works.
2.2 All works of the section & terminals included in the scope will be done
simultaneously from the date of issue of FOI. Bidder will organize equipment
and manpower accordingly to meet this requirement as per instruction of
Engineer-in-charge.
Contractor shall adopt suitable method of construction/ execution of work for

restricted row and deployment of equipment its as required.

PIPELINE PROJECT
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The detailed scope of work tendered for the project include detailed engineering,
engineering for procurement, supply, fabrication, testing and commissioning
alongwith all associated work pertaining to complete pipeline and terminal works.
The scope of work shall be generally being, but not limited to the following: -
3.1 Detailed Engineering
• Owner has got the detailed survey carried out for the entire pipeline route. The
plan and ground profile details to the extent available are being furnished to the
Bidder along with bid document. Contractor shall carry out any additional
topographic surveys required for local detours during execution of the project in
a similar manner without any extra cost to the Owner. However, laying and
construction of entire pipeline including detoured portion shall be within the
scope of contractor and governed by SOR of tender without any cost implication.
Contractor shall be deemed to have considered such eventualities while
formulating his bid. Pipeline route maps/ alignment sheets showing the pipeline
route are also enclosed with the bid package.
• Preliminary Alignment Sheets and plot plan and piping GAD drawings for scraper
launcher cum receiver stations, SV stations, tap-offs are included in the Bid
package. These drawings are indicative only and are furnished to enable Bidder to
estimate the quantum of work and to quote a firm price for the work..
• Collection of data at site and carrying out residual engineering for pipeline
system including terminals and crossings in accordance with design basis, codes
& standards and project specifications contained in this bid package.
Requirements of Indian standards and codes shall be complied with wherever
applicable.
• Preparation of pipeline construction drawing such as alignment sheets for detour

portion if required, crossing details, final Piping general arrangement drawings
(GADs) for dispatch & receipt terminal, all consumer terminals, SV stations, Tap-
off Point including stress analysis, pipe supports, piping isometric. The typical
drawings for the station layouts attached along with the bid package shall be
considered as basis for developing the layouts. The owner shall hand over
typical piping drawings for other installations to successful bidder for reference
and development of GA drawings. All drawings/ methodology shall be subject to
review and approval by the Company. The construction shall be carried out
based on the Issued for Construction (IFC) drawings. ‘IFC’ alignment sheets for
all pipelines shall be handed over to successful bidder for pipeline installation.
• Preparation of design documents, procedures, manuals, drawings etc. as

referred in relevant clause of this document.
• Carrying out Material Take Off for the entire pipeline system including those
materials supplied by Company if any and all piping at all terminals.

PIPELINE PROJECT
• The design shall take into consideration all stipulations, practices followed by
various authorities for all types of crossings and specifically all the factors that
are agreed upon between Company and state/local authorities as per
agreements reached as a part of permissions for various crossings. Contractor
shall provide all design data/drawings/calculations as required for statutory
clearances including obtaining necessary approvals.
3.2 Procurement & Supply
• CONTRACTOR shall procure and supply all the materials other than OWNER
supplied materials if any, required for permanent installation of main pipeline and
terminals in sequence and at appropriate time. All equipment, materials,
components etc. shall be suitable for the intended service. Approved vendor list
has been indicated in the bid package for various items. For items, which are not
covered in the vendor list, CONTRACTOR shall obtain Owner’s prior approval for
the vendor. Equipment requiring specialized maintenance or operation shall be
avoided as far as possible. Equipment offered shall be field proven.
• CONTRACTOR shall procure all materials, components, equipment, consumable

etc. required for successful completion of the pipeline system. CONTRACTOR shall
also procure and supply spares required for pre-commissioning and
commissioning/ start up as recommended for all items supplied by him as per
specifications provided in the bid package. Where no specification is available in
the contract, the same shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR based on the piping
material specification and shall be subject to Owner’s approval.
• Material take-off with complete description of size, rating, material, thickness and
specifications.
• CONTRACTOR shall provide for inspection of the items at vendor's works by the
OWNER/ Owner’s REPRESENTATIVE or by a reputed inspection agency and shall
submit inspection reports for Owner’s clearance.
• Stores management for contractor supply items as well as free issue materials if
any including receipt, warehousing, preserving the material in good condition, issue
of material to construction site, reconciling/ handing over surplus material to
OWNER of OWNER supplied items at Owner’s store.
• Carryout proper documentation of inspection and quality assurance programmes

for all equipment and bulk materials duly approved by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall
maintain an accurate and traceable listing of procurement records for the location,
quality and character of all permanent materials in the Project.
• CONTRACTOR shall immediately report to the OWNER of all changes, which will
affect material quality, and recommend any necessary corrective actions to be
taken.
• Submit periodic manufacturing progress reports highlighting hold ups and

PIPELINE PROJECT
slippages, if any, to OWNER and take remedial measures.
• Interact with authorities such as Sales Tax, Octroi, Excise, and Customs etc. as
necessary and arrange for transportation of the materials under his scope of supply
to site.
• All purchase requisitions including purchase orders shall be approved by OWNER/

Owner’s REPRESENTATIVE.
• Compliance with vendors and supplier's instructions and recommendations for

transportation, handling, installation & commissioning.
3.3 Construction
• All construction works shall be carried out as per "Issued for Construction"
drawings, procedures, specification and applicable codes and standards. Any
changes at site shall also need prior approval from the OWNER and revision of
drawings.
• The Owner shall provide to the Contractor free of cost the construction right-of-use
to lay the pipeline, systems as governed by the clauses defined elsewhere in the
tender document.
• The Contractor at his own cost and initiative shall obtain all other permissions,
permits and licenses necessary for the performance of the work. Insofar as any
such permission, permit or license required for the performance of the work by the
contractor can only be granted at the request or recommendation of the Owner,
the Owner shall at the request of the Contractor, provide recommendatory letters
to the contractor to obtain or procure the same. The contractor shall not, however
be entitled to any additional compensation over and above contracted rates of
services for any hardship or increased cost caused by any idleness, suspension or
disruption of work or any other account whatsoever as a result of the inability of
the contractor to obtain the permission(s), permit(s), license(s) aforesaid to match
with the progress of the work nor shall the same constitute a ground for extension
of time.
a) The approval from any authority required as per statutory rules and
regulations of Central/ State Government, PWD, and Irrigation Dep’t. etc.
shall be the contractor’s responsibility unless otherwise specified in the
tender document. The application on behalf of the Owner for submission to
relevant authorities alongwith copies of required certificates complete in all
respects shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor well ahead of
time so that the actual construction/ commissioning of the work is not
delayed for want of the approval/ inspection by concerned authorities. The
Contractor shall arrange the inspection of the works by the authorities and
necessary coordination and liaison work in this respect shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. However statutory fees paid, if the Owner
shall reimburse any, for all inspections and approvals by such authorities at
actuals to the Contractor on production of documentary evidence.

PIPELINE PROJECT
b) Resulting from poor workmanship as pointed out by any statutory authority

shall be rectified by the contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. Any
change/ addition required to be made to meet the requirements of the
statutory authorities, the same shall be carried out by the contractor free of
charge. The inspection and acceptance of the work by statutory authorities
shall, however, not absolve the contractor from any of his responsibilities
under this contract.
• The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for claims if any arising out of damage/
obstruction to public utilities like lines of DOT etc. where the claims will cover the
restoration costs as well as loss of revenue due to down time.
• Contractor shall be carrying out engineering for major crossing and survey
specification.
• For all crossing, including above mentioned shall be crossed by heaviest wall
thickness carrier pipe among available pipes at site or as per approved drawings/
as decided by Engineer-in-charge.
• Obtaining all necessary approvals and work permits from Company/concerned

local authorities having jurisdiction including hot work permit as applicable for
performing the work in existing terminal facilities. Arranging of adequate fire
fighting equipment viz. fire brigade, fire extinguisher, shielding from existing
facilities, oxygen mask etc. for carrying out the work safely in existing terminals
to the satisfaction of Company.
• The Contractor shall start the execution work for entire length of mainline
simultaneously and shall deploy adequate manpower, machinery, tool & tackles
etc. accordingly.
• However, Owner may, at its sole option, assign priority of construction to either
any spread or any section in spread of total pipeline length or to any part/
segment of the work. Contractor shall comply with such priority of execution
and their deployment without any time and cost implication to the Owner.
• Owner has got the entire pipeline route surveyed and survey pillars have been
established along the pipeline centerline or the ROW centerline and along the
pipeline route. However, the pipeline route survey had been carried out sometime
back and when Contractor mobilize at site, some of the survey pillars may be
missing from ground. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to re-establish all
missing survey pillars based on the survey data furnished by the Owner. Such work
shall be done at no extra cost or time to Owner.
• Bidders are advised to make site visits to familiarize themselves with all the salient
features of subsoil, terrain and available infrastructure along the pipeline route.
Contractor shall be deemed to have considered all constraints and eventualities on
account of site conditions along pipeline route while formulating his bid. Contractor

PIPELINE PROJECT
shall not be eligible for any compensation in terms of cost and/ or time, on account
of site conditions along pipeline route varying to any extent from whatever
described in the Bid Package and the drawings furnished along with the Package.
• Providing schedules, progress reporting, organization chart at construction site,

quality assurance plan and developing quality control procedures, as per
requirements indicated elsewhere in the bid package.
• Coordination and supervising the work of sub-contractors.
• Transportation of appropriate materials and taking delivery of Company supply

materials if any from Owners Store at store work site. Maintaining and operating
an adequate material control procedure at worksite.
• Fabrication of all piping, structural components as per approved drawings.
• All civil/ structural works, Architectural, Telecommunication, CP, electrical and

instrumentation, laying and commissioning works shall be performed in accordance
with relevant specifications and requirements enclosed elsewhere in the bid
package.
• Materials and equipment required for all types of test such as radiography,
magnetic particle and dye penetrate examination.
• CONTRACTOR shall provide complete details of manpower, equipment etc. to be

deployed. Mobilising and providing all equipments, manpower (skilled and
unskilled), consumable and other resources etc. for each spread as required for the
execution of the complete job defined herein and thereafter demobilising the same
upon completion of work.
• Provide, maintain and operate all temporary facilities required for the construction
related works and remove after completion of work.
• Hook up/ tie-in of pipeline and piping system with terminal facilities.
• All works related to testing, dewatering, swabbing, drying pre-commissioning and

commissioning of the work tendered.
• Idle time preservation of pipeline, if required.
• All incidental and associated works and any other works not specifically listed
therein but are required to be carried out to complete entire work related to
pipelines and terminals.
3.4 Main Pipeline Laying Works
• "Receiving and Taking-over" as defined in the specifications at stacking in the

yards/ dump site and stringing of pipes to Right-of-use (ROU), including arranging

PIPELINE PROJECT
all necessary intermediate storage area(s) required thereof till the pipes are
installed in permanent installation.
• Carrying out inspection of OWNER supplied materials if any at the time of receiving
and taking-over.
• Carrying out repairs of line pipe and pipe coating which will include repair of all
defects/ damages occurring during transportation and / or handling.
• For pipes where cutting out involves more than 25mm from pipe ends, ultrasonic
inspection shall be carried out at pipe ends as per relevant clause of line pipe
specification enclosed with the tender including supply of all equipments.
Contractor shall take prior approval from Company for the agency engaged for
carrying out ultrasonic inspection.
• Loading, unloading, handling, stacking, storing and transportation to workshop/

work site of all materials that may be used for the construction of pipeline system
supplied by Contractor at their designated stack yard/ dump site/ store.
• The contractor shall notify the owner the probable date of commencement of work
at ROU site at least two (2) weeks in advance to enable the owner to arrange
handing over of the ROU/ site on the date requested. Should contractor fail in
such notification, the owner shall not be liable for any claim by contractor, of
whatsoever nature, for delay in the available of a ROU/ site.
• Mobilizing and providing all equipments, manpower (skilled and unskilled),

consumables and other resources etc. as required for the execution of complete
work and thereafter demobilizing the same upon completion of work.
• ROU acquisition/ permission of laying the pipeline shall be responsibility of Owner.

Obtaining all necessary approvals and work permits from concerned local
authorities and respective Owner’s having jurisdiction, as applicable for performing
the work including shifting/ relocation and restoration of telephone/ electrical poles
and underground pipes and other utilities etc. as required by local authorities and
as directed by OWNER shall be responsibility of contractor.
• Stacking, clearing, grading, fencing of Right-of-Use (ROU) as required, trenching to

all depths in all types of soil including soft, hard rock, controlled rock blasting/ rock
blasting by special techniques, chiseling or otherwise cutting etc. to a width to also
accommodate the cable conduit as per relevant standards, drawings, specification
etc. Transportation of coated pipes to ROU along the route, stringing, aligning,
bending, welding, NDT including radiography by X-ray and ultrasonic (if required),
inspection, field weld joint coating including supply of all materials, protective
coating of long radius bends including supply of materials as per specifications,
sand padding, laying and lowering of the pipeline, back filling, slope breakers as
required, carrying out rail, road, canal, utility and submerged minor and major
water course crossings including installation of carrier pipe inside casing pipe at
cased crossings wherever required, bank stabilization of water course crossings as

PIPELINE PROJECT
required, crossing of river/ canal by conventional method and arranging all

additional temporary land/ area required for construction purposes. Supply and
installation of anti buoyancy measures viz. continuous concrete coating, saddle
weights, extra cover etc. on pipeline as shown in approved drawings and as
directed by OWNER, installation of supports wherever required, supply of select
backfill material as required, clean-up, pigging, flushing, gauging, hydrostatic
testing with the quantity of inhibitor as required, dewatering with the additive, at
required dosage, swabbing, pre-commissioning and commissioning of complete
pipeline system, including all associated works as per relevant specifications,
standards and approved drawings.
• Welding of all tie-in joints including tie-in joints and bends on either side of major
river crossings/ with adjoining pipeline installed by others/ other facilities as
required, cutting of test header, rebevelling and tie-in with adjacent pipeline
segments.
• Field weld joint coating shall be by heat shrink sleeve/ other suitable material as
per specification enclosed with bid package compatible of pipe coating material.
• Carrying out corrosion coating of Long Radius (LR) bends if any. Coating shall be
carried out by heat shrink sleeve (Raychem or equivalent) / other suitable material
as per specification enclosed with bid package for field joint coating.
• Installation of casing pipes (by open cut/ jacking/ boring) assembly, including
supply of all materials viz. casing pipe, casing insulators and end seals, vents and
drains etc. complete, at cased crossings as per the drawings/ specifications
enclosed with bid package.
• Cased crossings shall be installed at locations indicated in alignment sheets. The

number of crossings indicated in alignment sheets/crossing drgs is subject to
change based on engineering, construction and statutory requirements or the
requirements of the authority having jurisdiction over a utility crossing.
• All works/ provisions including installation of slope breakers to be provided in the

trench in areas where slope is more than 1 in 10.
• Sand/ soft soil padding around pipe wherever required in areas where trenching
has been done in rock including supply of sand/ soft soil. The thickness of sand/
soft soil padding at the bottom of pipe shall be 300mm in rocky areas.
• Installation of all inline/ online instruments/ valves/ insulation joints/

appurtenances etc. as per requirements of approved drawings.
• Providing 300-micron high built abrasive resistant epoxy on the external surface
of all 6” CS conduits meant for OFC.
• Indian Railways shall approve the general arrangement drawings for railway
crossings and construction shall be carried out accordingly. The Contractor shall

PIPELINE PROJECT
make these drawings available at appropriate time during the execution of the
project. Pipeline at railway crossings shall be provided with a casing pipe. The
casing pipe shall be double of the nominal pipe sizes of carrier and shall be
installed by boring/ jacking. It should be noted that the extent of casing pipe
generally specified by Railways, is 15.0m beyond centerlines of the outermost
tracks on either side or 0.6 meter beyond the ROU limits of railways on either side,
whichever is more. All railway crossings shall be cased crossings. The railway
crossing shall comply with the requirements of API 1102 and Indian Railway
regulations. The crossing angle shall be as close to 90° as possible.
• Contractor shall firm the method of crossing of roads such as open cut/ boring up
in consultation with concerned authorities and Company. The Contractor shall also
take due care to identify and take due precautions so as not to disturb or damage
the utilities like cables, water lines and other structures.
• After laying the pipeline in a road crossing by open cut method, the Contractor
shall completely restore the road to its original condition.
• While laying the pipeline in road crossings by open cut method the Contractor
should ensure that the traffic is not stopped during the execution of work. This
may be done by cutting half of the road at a time so as to enable the traffic to pass
on the remaining half of the road. Alternatively, the Contractor can provide
diversion roads to maintain the flow of traffic.
• The Contractor shall provide proper caution boards during daytime and danger
lights during nighttime when the cutting operation of the road is going on.
• For cased crossings, the pipeline should be taken through the casing pipe which
should be at least 1.2 metres below the road top as specified or as per the
requirements of local authorities, whichever is higher.
• Crossings of rivers/ streams/ canals by conventional method:
i) No damage should be caused to any irrigation sources, while laying the

pipeline through canal crossings.
ii) The flood banks of the River/ Canal should be brought to the original
condition, if they are damaged while the laying of the pipeline. Stabilization
of banks shall be carried out as per requirements of concerned authorities.
iii) In general the top of the pipeline shall be taken at least 1.5 metre below
the scour level of river crossing. If scour level is not known minimum 2.5m
cover should be kept unless specified otherwise.
iv) The top of pipeline shall be at least 1.5m to 2.0m below the drain/ canal
bed unless specified other wise.
v) Pre-construction survey, preparation of the detailed construction
methodology/ plan and time etc. shall have to be finalized by Contractor in
consultation with concerned authorities having jurisdiction over canals/
rivers. Company shall provide assistance by providing introductory letters.

PIPELINE PROJECT
vi) Pre-construction surveys, preparation of detailed construction method

statement and calculations for Owner’s approval.
vii) Surveys like Geo-technical, Hydrological and Topographical for pipeline
route, Station plots, Rail and Road crossing etc and water crossings.
viii) Site preparation, arranging required land for setting up of string fabrication
yard and obtaining necessary permissions from concerned authorities.
ix) Preparation of pipeline Launch way, continuous concrete coating of pipes,
repair of damages to corrosion and concrete coating, string preparation,
field welding, NDT including radiography, pretest of completed strings,
corrosion and concrete coating of field joints. trenching, laying at approved
depth, stabilisation of banks, post installation hydro-test, capping, providing
and installing of markers, etc.
x) The major canals with lining/ perennial canals need to be crossed by HDD/
boring method only.
• Contractor shall cross the road/ canal etc. by HDD at locations as directed by
Owner/ Consultant as per crossings survey drawing enclosed with tender. Before
start of HDD, the contractor shall ascertain by pre-construction survey all
underground obstacles namely electrical/ telecommunication cable, foreign
pipeline, water line, drain/ sewerage line and prepare crossing profile drawings
showing all elevations & levels. The contractor shall also ascertain, the type of soil
& their terrain whether rocky or normal by way of trial pit etc. before start of job.
The contractor shall submit procedure, profile drawing with complete design
calculations of HDD as per requirement of ASME B31.8/ OISD norms and safety
requirement that pipe is not under stress during and after crossing for Owner/
Consultant’s approval prior to start the execution of works.
• Contractor shall ensure all safety norms regarding distances from end point or from
bottom of crossing and also ensure that external coating of pipe is not damaged
during pulling & handling of pipe for crossing. For field joint coating in pipeline
string made for HDD, special type of heat shrink sleeve shall be used as per
specification enclosed with the tender. For line pipe coating repair, special type of
high shear strength repair patch material shall be used which characteristic shall be
same or equivalent as original wrap round heat shrink sleeve used in pipeline string
for HDD crossing.
• The contractor shall ensure that no any u/g existing utilities/ pipelines/ cable etc. is
damaged. It shall be responsibility of contractor to compensate any loss or damage
to other agency if damaged while crossing. Contractor shall arrange all statutory
permission from concerned authority before start of job. Contractor shall deploy
only GSPL’s/ MECON approved HDD Agency and approval of agency shall be
sought before deploying HDD agency.
• Where the pipeline route passes through forest/ plantation areas, Contractor shall
clear only the minimum width required for laying the pipeline as per Owner
approved procedure for pipeline construction. Number of trees/ plants to be felled
down shall be restricted to a minimum.

PIPELINE PROJECT
• Clean-up and restoration of ROW and other conveniences like road, rail, canals,
cultivable land etc. to original conditions as per specification and drawings to the
entire satisfaction of OWNER and/ or Authorities having jurisdiction over the same,
including disposal of surplus construction materials to a location identified by
CONTRACTOR approved by local authority without causing any disturbance to
environment, locals and to the entire satisfaction of OWNER.
• Upon restoration of ROU the Contractor shall furnish documentary evidence in

support of acceptance of the same duly signed by land Owner without any extra
cost.
• Carrying out Magnetic cleaning and Electronic Geometrical Pigging (EGP) for 12”
main line only including supply of all types of pigs, pig locating and tracking
device, spares, consumables, manpower etc. as per specification enclosed with
bid/ contract document.
• Carrying out repair of all defects found during Electronic Geometrical Pigging
(EGP) including locating, digging, cutting, welding, NDT etc.
• Carrying out cleaning, flushing, swabbing (as applicable), dewatering, testing

and pre-commissioning of pipeline and associated facilities at Dispatch Station,
Sectionalizing Valve Stations, Tap-off and Receipt Station up to the respective
battery limits. Locating all major and minor leaks during hydro testing if any.
• Repair of any leaks/burst occurring during testing of main pipeline.
• Tie-in with the pipeline at rail, road, river and other crossings including cutting
of test headers as required and tie-in with terminal piping & with existing
facilities as applicable.
• Idle time preservation of the pipeline (if required) for the specified period by
filling with nitrogen to a positive pressure of 0.5 bar (g) including supply of
nitrogen etc. as required.
• Installation of carrier pipe in canal/ road (NH/ Express highway)/ railway

crossings by boring/ HDD/ Trench less method, as directed by Company.
Contractor to note that the minimum elastic bend radius(R=800minimum) to be
adopted, shall be as per pipeline engineering design basis enclosed with the
tender.
• Counting the number and type of trees to be cut (before cutting) during pipeline
laying works in presence of DFO/ concerned authorities keeping record thereof
and handing over the cut trees as directed by concerned authorities/ Company.
• Obtaining hot work permits from Company/ concerned authorities having

jurisdiction thereof to work within existing and operating terminals including
strictly complying with all stipulations/conditions/recommendations of the

PIPELINE PROJECT
concerned authorities and providing all safety appliances, gas detectors, fire
screens required during execution of the work as per the direction of
Company/Engineer-in-charge. Coordinating all activities with Company for
movement of men and material from and to existing and operating terminals
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
• Preparation and submission of as built drawings, pipe books, documents,

photographs of major activities, and project records as per specification and
instructions of the OWNER including furnishing of all Test Certificates/ Inspection
Reports for all materials used for permanent installation in requisite numbers as
mentioned elsewhere in this document.
• All incidental and associated works and any other works not specifically listed
herein but are required to be carried out to complete entire work related to
pipelines and the associated facilities and making the entire pipeline system
ready for operation.
3.5 Composite works at the Terminals, Tap-off Points and SV Stations
The detailed Scope of work for Composite works related to fabrication,

installation, testing and commissioning of piping at the terminals is as elaborated
below: -
• The Contractor’s scope of work shall consist of supply, installation, testing and
pre-commissioning of terminal piping works along with other associated works
including (installation of skids if any) for the execution of composite works at the
terminals, tap-off, various consumer ends and SV Stations. Preliminary
equipment layout and GADs for the terminals/stations/TOP are included in the
tender. These drawings are indicative only and are furnished to enable the
Bidder to understand the nature of work involved. Contractor shall carry out
detailed engineering for the terminal works and final piping general arrangement
drawings (GAD’s (including stress analysis) good for construction based on
actual plot size/orientation provided by Company/consumer.
• Carrying out all works strictly in accordance with the drawings duly approved by
the Company and reference specifications/standards, P&IDs, documents, data
sheets etc. enclosed with this tender document and instructions of
Company/Engineer-in-Charge and other provisions of Contract document.
• Providing all equipments, manpower, machinery, consumables for fabrication,
installation, inspection, testing & pre-commissioning. Contractor shall also
provide all types of safety tools, tackles, devices and apparatus, equipment
complete as required, and facilities for inspection & interpretation of testing
results by Company/Company’s Representative personnel.
• Furnishing and mobilizing at site(s) all construction equipment, tools and tackles,
fully equipped and fully manned with other required support facilities etc.
needed for successful execution of the works.
• “Receiving and taking over” of all Company supplied free issue materials if any
from the designated place(s) of issue, transportation including loading,

PIPELINE PROJECT
unloading, handling, including arranging all necessary intermediate storage

area(s) thereof as required till the permanent installation of materials.
• Procurement and supply of all materials, equipments that are included in the
scope of supply of Contractor, transportation of all materials from
manufacturer’s works including loading, unloading, handling, storing and
transportation to work site(s)/work shop(s) including arranging all necessary
intermediate storage area(s) thereof, as required.
• Fabrication, erection, installation, testing of all above-ground/buried piping
system consisting of pipes, valves (manual and actuated), filters, metering,
flanges, fittings, pipeline items consisting of scraper traps, flow tees, pig
signalers, insulating joints, L.R. bends etc; carrying out all applicable works
associated with buried pipeline within the battery limit.
• Installation of metering skids if any at various consumer ends as per the P&IDs,
plot plans of consumer end terminals and carrying out all necessary hook up
with associated piping as required.
• Installation of bi-directional scraper launcher/receiver at Padamala and Halol
and associated piping including all associated works and hook ups with existing
piping.
• Hook up with existing piping as per P &ID including all associated dismantling
works, as required.
• All piping for instrument air system including hook-up if any with existing
instrument air system at consumer ends.
• Carrying out welding including cutting, edge preparation (inclusive of grinding
the edges of pipes, fittings, flanges, etc. to match with the matching edges of
different thick nesses wherever required), fit-up, bending, pre-heating wherever
required, NDT including radiography and other non-destructive tests as
specified. NDT requirements for process and other piping shall be in accordance
with relevant specifications enclosed with the contract document.
• Installation of Sectionalising Valve stations at allocated locations including all
above ground/underground piping at all elevations and depths including
installation of buried sectionalizing valve & valve actuators and associated
buried/above ground piping and carrying out all associated works. All SVs shall
be gas actuator operated ball valves with remote operation.
• The Contractor shall carry out repair of leaks/ burst.
• MTO for all piping and pipeline items including line pipe based on IFC drawings.
• Installation of all types of valves (manual/motor operated) including installation
of all types of actuators including fixing of gaskets, bolts, studs and nuts of all
sizes, ratings and materials.
• All associated geo-technical, civil, structural, mechanical, electrical and
architectural works including supply of all material required, including
construction of foundations (PCC/RCC works) for equipment, pipe supports,
brackets, structural column, valve operating platforms, pipe crossovers etc.

PIPELINE PROJECT
• Obtaining all statutory clearances, doing required follow up, approvals and
permissions for the works within existing facilities, as required. Obtaining hot
work permits from Company/ concerned authorities having jurisdiction thereof to
work within existing and operating terminals including strictly complying with all
stipulations/ conditions/ recommendations of the concerned authorities and
providing all safety appliances, gas detectors, fire screens required during
execution of the work as per the direction of Company/Engineer-in-charge. Co-
ordinating all activities with Company for movement of men and material from
and to existing and operating terminals shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
• Supply, fabrication and erection of pipe/ equipment supports (for all sizes/
thickness) including shoes, pipes, cradles, turn buckles, T-posts for all types of
guides, anchors, all necessary equipment, consumables, labour etc. for
completing all works including supply of bolts, nuts, washers, U-clamps, wooden
blocks etc. as required for supporting.
• Hook-up of piping with equipments & vessels, with the existing facilities, with
the main pipeline and at the battery limit with the facilities installed by others by
welding or by flanged connection (as shown in IFC drawings) including cutting,
fit-up, welding, NDT, radiography, interface/co-ordination as required with other
Contractor(s)/Agencies.
• Painting of all equipments, structural steel elements for pipe supports, above
ground piping and all related miscellaneous items shall be provided suitable for
low temperature application as per company specification enclosed with the bid
document. Wherever touch up/repair of primer is required, high build epoxy zinc
phosphate primer shall be used.
• Protective coating of 500 micron thick two component high built epoxy duly
approved by Company for all underground piping, valves, fittings, etc. including
supply of all materials.
• Hydro testing, dewatering, flushing & pre-commissioning activities of piping

system of all sizes as per specifications enclosed including supply of all materials
and manpower that are required during pre-commissioning and all associated
works. Identification of leaks during hydro testing & repair of defects.
• Final clean up and restoration of site, facilities etc. as per the requirement of
Company/Engineer-in-Charge.
• Preparation of isometrics and/or fabrication drawings required for the purpose of

fabrication during execution of work.
• Preparation of as-built drawings, documents and project records as per

instructions of Engineer-in-Charge.
• Co-ordination as required with other Agencies/Sub-Contractor(s) till the time the

PIPELINE PROJECT
commissioning operations are complete.
• Preparation of detailed procedures for fabrication, installation, testing and pre-

commissioning. Such procedures shall be submitted to Company/Engineer-in-
Charge for review and approval.
• Any other works not specifically listed herein but required for completion of the
works in all respects.
All painting materials shall be suitable for highly corrosive environment.
3.6 Materials to be supplied by Contractor
The procurement and supply, in sequence and at appropriate time, of all

materials and consumables required for completion of the Work as defined in
this bid document except the material as Company free issue material, shall be
entirely the Contractor’s responsibility and price quoted for the execution of the
Work shall be inclusive of supply of all these materials. All materials supplied by
the Contractor shall be strictly in accordance with the requirements of relevant
Company material specifications enclosed with the tender document. All
equipments, materials, components etc. shall be new and specifically purchased
for this job. All material to be supplied by the Contractor shall be purchased
from the approved vendors of the Company, duly inspected by Third party
inspection agencies. The list of approved vendor is enclosed along with bid
document. As a minimum, the materials to be supplied by Contractor shall, but
not limited by any way, be as follows:
• Coated Line pipes and bare line pipe all valves of all sizes & ratings for mainline
and at terminals, actuators, launcher cum receivers (Bi-directional), insulating
joints, pig signalers, long radius bends (R=6D), flow tees etc., pipes for all sizes
and thickness fittings, flanges, O’lets (weldolets, sockolets, nippolets, threadolets
etc.), spectacle blinds, spacer & blinds required for permanent installation in the
system. Each valve item shall be inclusive of commissioning spares.
• All stud bolts, nuts, jack screws, all type of gaskets (metallic spiral wound / ring
type / non-metallic gaskets) in required quantities to be used for permanent
installation into the system for all sizes and ratings of flanges and flanged
valves, equipment etc.
• All consumable such as welding electrodes, oxygen, acetylene, inert gases, filler
wires, solder wires, brazing rods, flux etc. for welding/cutting and soldering
purposes. All equipments & consumables for Semi-Automatic welding and
radiography.
• All materials for all types of markers including paints conforming to Corrosive
environment as per spec, cement, sand, reinforcements, structural steel, etc.
• All materials, equipments, consumables including pigs required for magnetic
cleaning and EGP.
• LR bends fabricated from 12” line pipes required at terminals and wherever
required.
• All materials required for continuous concrete coating for providing negative

PIPELINE PROJECT
buoyancy to the pipeline wherever required and at river crossings.

• All materials required for weld joint coating, corrosion coating of LR bends
required at terminals pup pieces of sectionalizing valves and repair of damaged
corrosion coating of line pipe.
• All materials required for sand/soft soil padding around pipeline and optical fibre
cable, select backfill of approved quality, slope breakers, bank stabilization of
water crossings wherever required. The size of gravel & stones used for back
filling of balance portion of the trench shall be limited to 150 mm.
• All materials including consumables required for hook-up with adjoining pipeline
section or wherever required.
• Supply of cohesion less soil like sand murrum, silty sand, etc. for complete
backfilling of pipeline trench for a specified distance in areas prone to Seismic
activity.
• Contractor shall obtain prior approval from Engineer-in-charge for rock shield
material & its application procedure.
• Material for the maintenance of sand ridges and other materials for pipe stacking
at Contractor’s warehouse/storage yards/work site/ROU.
• All temporary materials and consumables required for filling and pressurizing in
connection with hydrostatic testing, dewatering, swabbing and pre-
commissioning activities, etc. including pipes, flanges, fittings, gaskets, bolts,
nuts, etc. required for fabrication of temporary pig traps and /or test headers.
• All materials required for repair/restoration of pavements, roads, canals,
temporary irrigation pipe laid by villagers in their fields bunds, walls, other
structures affected/damaged by Contractor’s construction activities. Materials
shall be equivalent/superior to those used for original construction of the facility.
• All pigs for cleaning, gauging, de-watering, swabbing, filling, pre commissioning
and commissioning of the pipeline.
• Pumps and water to be used for hydrostatic testing/ flushing. All materials &
consumables such as Corrosion inhibitor, oxygen scavengers and bactericides,
required during hydro testing as required.
• 6” NB (168.3 mm O. D.), 6.4 mm WT, API 5 L Gr. B or equivalent, EW, casing
pipes for OFC cable sub ducted in HDPE conduit with 300 micron high built
abrasive resistant external epoxy coating for crossings executed by jacking/
boring/ any other trench less technique.
• All casing pipes of size 450 mm O.D. (18”), API 5L Gr. B or equivalent, EW, 6.4
mm WT casing insulators and end seals including materials for vent and drain
and strapping CS conduit with pipe and carbon steel pipes for optical fiber cable
(OFC) conduits in required quantities for contractor supplied 6” casing pipes as
well as 18” casing pipes.
• All consumables and equipments required for all types of tests and NDT such as
radiography, ultrasonic testing, magnetic particle, dye penetrate examination
etc. including radiography film etc.
• All safety tools and tackles, devices, apparatus, equipment, personal safety
gazettes to be used as personal protective equipment (such as helmets, safety
belts, safety shoes, etc.) including ladders and scaffolding etc. complete as
recommended by Engineer-in-Charge as per relevant safety standards.
• All structural steel material for all types of supports.
• All materials and equipment related to blasting of rock for excavating trench or

PIPELINE PROJECT
grading the Right-Of-Use pipeline and pipe laying/ installation and other works.
• All steel materials such as structural steels, reinforcement steels and steel for all
types of supports, foundations, ladders, platforms etc. including Bolts, nuts,
washers, U bolts, clamps, clips, gaskets, Shims, wedges and packing plates
(Machined wherever required) and materials required for fabrication of low
friction sliding bearing supports.
• All fencing, gate and steel materials such as structural steels, reinforcement
steels and steel for all types of supports, foundations, ladders, platforms, etc.
• All materials, manpower, spares, tools & tackles and consumables for carrying
out pre-commissioning activities and during commissioning (including bi-
directional and foam pigs, compressor, nitrogen required for achieving the
specified criteria for pipeline inertisation prior to declaring pipeline fit for
commissioning) necessary piping and instrumentation connection for measuring
flow rate, pressure, temperature etc., temporary facilities for blow down/
venting/ flaring along with necessary piping, valves & instrumentation as well as
consumables and manpower required during pre-commissioning and
commissioning.
• High built two component epoxy for corrosion protection of buried piping (pipes,
fittings, flanges, valves, etc.).
• Required quantities of Nitrogen for idle time preservation if pre-commissioning &
commissioning works, as required.
• Corrosion resistant straps required for strapping CS/ HDPE conduit with mainline
at crossings of water bodies and other crossings.
• All materials, equipment and personnel required for videography and all
associated works.
• Any other material not specifically listed herein, but required for successful
completion of the Work.
All escalations/ extra materials procured by Contractor for contingencies shall be

Contractor’s property and no payment shall be made for such materials.
Detailed list of items to be procured and supplied by contractor for

mainline & terminal shall be as indicated below: -
a) Pig Launcher cum Receiver with carriage

ii) Cartridge Filters
iii) QOEC
iv) Pig Signalers
v) Globe Valves
vi) Check Valves
vii) Joint Coating Sleeves
viii) LR Bends
ix) Coating Repair Material
x) HDPE Duct
xi) OFC Cable
xii) OFC Jointer etc.
xiii) Battery Bank with charger
xiv) All electrical area lighting and building lighting

PIPELINE PROJECT
xv) Portable fire fighting equipments

xvi) Portable Fire Hydrant System
xvii) Air Conditioners
xviii) Special Sleeves for HDD Strings
xix) Assorted Pipe
xx) Flanges
xxi) Fittings
xxii) Insulating Joints
xxiii) Flow Tee
xxiv) Pressure Safety Valves
xxv) LEL Detector
xxvi) Flow Control Valve
xxvii) Control Panel & Field Mounted Instruments
xxviii) SCADA
xxix) Telecommunication items
a) HDPE Conduit
b) OFC
c) Jointing Kits etc.
xxx) Electrical Items
a) UPS
b) LDB
xxxi) Instrumentation Items
xxxii) Any other item required to complete the job/ as indicated in SOR.
The rates quoted for the execution of the Work shall be inclusive of supply of
all materials mentioned above unless specifically covered otherwise under
Schedule of Rates.
3.7 Company Supplied Materials
There shall be no free issue supplies except metering skid at consumer end by
the Owner under this Contract.
3.8 Excess Material and Scrap
All excess material related to Scope of Work of the Contractor shall revert to the
Contractor, except for spare provisions made as a part of the construction
programmed and supply of all materials and consumables for all the pipeline
systems in Mainline & Terminals.
3.9 Repair of Pipe Defects
All repairs of pipe shall be carried out as per specifications. All defective pipes
shall be replaced during the Defects Liability Period without any limit on the
quantum of the liability on the Contractor.
3.10 Conditions for Company Supplied Material (If any):

PIPELINE PROJECT
• The Contractor shall be responsible for taking over of the material and
subsequent handling, hauling, transportation to the actual work
site(s)/fabrication yard(s) and storage & safe keeping of the materials.
• The Contractor shall inspect all Company supplied free issue materials at the
time of taking over from the Company and defects noticed, if any, shall be
brought to the notice of Company/Company representative and jointly recorded.
Once the material has been taken over by the Contractor, all the responsibility
for safe keeping of the materials and repair of damage/ defects to pipe & pipe
coating shall rest with the Contractor.
• Rebuffing of dents in bevels less than 1 mm in depth shall be carried out by
Contractor ahead of welding in the field at no extra cost to Company.
• On completion of the works Contractor shall submit a “Material Appropriation
Statement” for all materials supplied by the Company as free issue materials.
• Every month the Contractor shall submit to the Company an account for the
material issued to the Contractor in the Performa prescribed by Engineer-in-
Charge.
3.11 Storage of Materials:
• All materials shall be preserved against deterioration and corrosion due to poor
or improper storage while under the custody of the Contractor.
• All materials shall be duly protected by the Contractor at his own cost with the
appropriate preservatives like primer, lacquer, coating, grease etc. and shall be
covered with suitable material to prevent them from direct exposure to sun, rain,
wind and dust.
• Pipes shall be stacked according to the identification marks and stacks shall be
arranged on sleepers / sand bags at least 300 mm above ground.
• The Contractor shall check that valves, fittings, specials etc are not subjected to
corrosion from hydrostatic test water remaining in the piping. Any such condition
when detected should be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-Charge and
remedial measures taken as directed.
• All machined surface shall be properly greased and should be maintained and
protected from damages.
• Openings of equipment, machinery, valves etc. shall be kept blocked / covered
with blinds to prevent entry of foreign matter.
• As far as possible materials shall be transported to the site of erection only just
prior to the actual erection and shall not be left around indefinitely on ground
but kept on packing/sleepers etc. to maintain the minimum distance from the
ground as specified and/or as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
3.12 General
All consumables for welding such as oxygen, acetylene, inert gases and all types
of electrodes suitable for pipes of grades as specified in the specification, low
hydrogen electrodes, filler wire, solder wire, brazing rods, flux etc. for welding /
cutting and soldering purpose.
Equipment like hydrostatic pump etc., water and corrosion inhibitor for water

PIPELINE PROJECT
used for hydrostatic testing including all pipes, fittings and equipment, metallic
blinds, temporary gaskets as required for filling, pressurizing and dewatering in
connection with hydrostatic testing completion.
All pigs required for cleaning, gauging, filling, dewatering and swabbing of
pipeline.
All pipes, fittings and equipment metallic blinds temporary gaskets as required
for filling, pressuring and dewatering in connection with hydrostatic testing
completion.
All consumables required for welding of structural steel.
All safety tools/tackles, devices / apparatus / equipment etc. including ladders

and scaffoldings etc. complete as required.
Supply of nitrogen and other consumables, tools and tackles required for
venting, pre-drying, purging and filling of station piping.
Any other material not specifically listed herein, but required for the execution of
the work.
List of materials required to be supplied and quantities indicated are tentative.
These quantities can vary during execution to any extent and the same unit rate
shall be applicable for payment. Final quantities will be based on the drawing
issued to the contractor for construction. Quantities covered in SOR are for as
erected quantities. Bidder will procure additional materials as required to cover
cutting, scraps, wastages and damages during erection, testing and
commissioning. For these extra quantities no additional payment will be made.
3.13 Other Conditions of Bid
3.13.1 Survey
• Company has got the detailed survey carried out for all the pipeline routes and
are enclosed with bid package. Apart from above, crossing details of rail, road
and water crossings are also available. All available survey drawings, report, soil
investigation, soil resistivity are enclosed with the bid. Contractor shall carry out
any additional topographic/ geotechnical surveys required during execution of
the project and for local detours during execution of the project without any
extra cost. However, the Contractor shall carry out hydrological and geo-
technical investigation of major rivers, as required.
• The surveyed pipeline alignment has been staked on ground. However the
pipeline route survey had been carried out sometime back and when the
Contractor mobilizes at site, some of these stakes may be missing. It shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor to re-establish the missing stakes from the
survey data made available by Company. Contractor shall maintain and preserve
survey monuments (staked on ground) such as bench marks and intersection
points, till construction is completed.

PIPELINE PROJECT
3.13.2 Description of Pipeline Route
For all the details of pipeline routes for all the spur lines, terrain details &
crossings, refer respective pipeline detailed route survey report and survey
drawings enclosed with the bid package.
Based on above design parameters, pipeline wall thickness and grade have been
optimized and are indicated below :-
Pipeline Section Class Dia. API 5L W.T. Length

Location (NB) Grade (in km)
Padamla to Halol Refer 12” X-65 6.4 Refer
(12” x37.5 km) alignment alignmen
sheet t sheet
Refer 12” X-65 6.4 Refer
alignment alignmen
sheet t sheet
alignment alignmen
sheet t sheet
alignment alignmen
sheet t sheet
TOTAL
Spurline-I (To GIDC,Halol) 12” X-65 7.1
* For Crossing & LR Bends
The number of crossings and features along the pipeline route described above
are approximate. A list of all crossings identified is attached in the survey
documents enclosed in the Bid Package for reference purpose. Contractor shall,
however, not be entitled for any compensation in terms of time and cost in case
of variation in the information provided or additional minor water crossings i.e.
canal/stream/ PWD/ Panchayat/ village roads/ municipal road crossings
encountered along the route.
3.13.3 Site visit
Bidders are advised to make site visits along the pipeline routes prior to quoting
to familiarize themselves with all the salient features of terrain, availability of
ROU and infrastructure along the pipeline routes. Contractor shall be deemed to
have considered all constraints and eventualities on account of site conditions
along pipeline routes while formulating his bid. Contractor shall not be eligible
for any compensation in terms of cost and/or time, on account of site conditions
along pipeline routes varying to any extent from whatever is described in the bid
package and the survey drawings/data furnished along with the bid package.

PIPELINE PROJECT
3.13.4 Soil Investigation and soil Resistivity survey
Company has carried out soil investigation (visual classification/stratification)

and resistivity survey along the pipeline routes. Data collected from such surveys
is enclosed with the bid package. All soil data is issued to Contractor for his
reference purposes only. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to verify the data
and satisfy himself with regard to accuracy and utility. Contractor shall carry out
any additional soil data/ investigation required for execution of the job.
Contractor shall not be entitled for any compensation in terms of time or cost in
case of any variation in actual site conditions from the data furnished in the bid
package. It shall be Bidder's responsibility to familiarize himself with sub-soil
conditions along the pipeline route, and workout the lengths of pipeline to be
laid in different subsoil conditions including the quantum of rock excavation that
would be necessary. Price quoted by Bidder shall also be inclusive of all rock
excavation. No extra compensation shall be payable to Contractor for any rock
excavation whatsoever.
3.13.5 Repair of Coating
Contractor using suitable material compatible with parent coating system and
meeting the requirements of coating system shall carry out any repairs to 3-
layer polyethylene coating. The coating repair material and procedure for
application shall be submitted to Company for approval prior to start of
construction.
Repair of PE coated pipes in field shall be carried out as follows in accordance

with bid specification.
• Damages caused to coating by handling such as scratches, cuts, dents,

gouges, not picked up during holiday test, having a total reduced
thickness on damaged portion not less than 2.0 mm and an area not
exceeding 20 cm2 shall be rebuild by heat shrink patch only and without
exposing to bare metal.
• Defects of size exceeding above mentioned area or holidays of width less

than 300 mm shall be repaired with heat shrink repair patch by exposing
the bare metal surface.
• Defects exceeding the above and in number not exceeding 2 per pipe
and linear length not exceeding 500mm shall be repaired using heat
shrinkable sleeves/ cold applied tapes.
3.13.6 Long Radius (R=6D) Bends
Long radius bends supplied by the Contractor shall be fabricated from contractor
supplied 12” bare line pipe. Bends shall be fabricated in accordance with
specification enclosed with the tender. Contractor shall firm up the exact

PIPELINE PROJECT
quantity of LR bends required..
3.13.7 Statutory Permissions
The Company shall obtain a general permission from most of the authorities
having jurisdiction over the area as necessary for construction of the pipeline.
However, for some of the permissions, if not available, Contractor shall do the
follow up with the concerned authorities to get the permissions to execute the
job in time. However, Company shall reimburse all statutory payments
required for such permissions at actual. Contractor shall also obtain the
necessary permits like work permit/ excavation permit/ trench opening permit
etc. for all works from the authorities having jurisdiction before the actual
execution of various phases of the works and all stipulations/ conditions/
recommendations of the said authorities shall be strictly complied with no extra
cost to Company. Contractor shall also obtain all necessary permissions from the
concerned authorities for installation of pipeline at railways, roads, water
crossings and at places where blasting is required. Company may, however,
assist Contractor in obtaining such permissions, wherever required, by issuing
recommendation letters etc. In case of damage to other utilities/infrastructure,
Contractor shall be responsible and the Contractor shall pay the required
compensation, as per the directions of concerned authorities. After completion of
work, Contractor shall obtain a certificate from the concerned authorities that
the job has been completed as per their requirement and the area/land has
been restored to their satisfaction.
3.13.8 Environmental Restrictions
The following measures shall be adopted during pipeline construction in order to

minimize the impact of pipeline construction activities on the environment.
• While working in plantation areas, Contractor shall take due care to

minimize the damage of trees. The number of trees felled shall be
restricted to minimum based on working requirement for pipeline
installation. In the paddy field area, Contractor shall exercise maximum
care not to damage the crop outside the ROU. The compensation of
damage of crop outside ROU, if any, shall be to Contractor’s account.
Damage to any obstruction, temporary/ permanent structure, boundary
walls etc. within ROU shall be repaired, restored and shall be to
Contractor’s account.
• Intake and discharge of water required/used for line flushing and testing
should not cause unacceptable environmental disturbance. During
dewatering process, proper drainage arrangement shall be made to
discharge the hydro-test water to avoid flooding of the near by area.
In addition to above, relevant requirements of Pollution Control Boards, forest

department and NOCs shall be complied with.

PIPELINE PROJECT
3.13.9 Typical Layout Drawings & Pipeline Alignment Sheets
Typical terminal piping layout drawing and pipeline survey drawings are included
in the bid package for the purpose of estimation of quantum and type of work
involved. This piping drawing and pipeline survey drawings are indicative only
and are furnished for Bidder’s information. Issued for Construction (IFC)
drawings for terminals shall be prepared by Contractor and shall be subject to
approval by Company. However, ‘IFC’ alignment sheets shall be prepared by the
contractor and submit for approval.
3.13.10 R.O.U.
For pipeline construction purposes, ROU of varying width shall be made available
depending upon site condition. In cross country areas the ROU of 15 m width)
shall normally be made available to Contractor to the extent feasible. Pipeline
shall be laid 10 m from one side of boundary of ROU (to be advised by Engineer-
in-Charge). In Forest areas, hilly terrain and congested areas such as built-up
areas etc., ROU of 10 m or less shall be available. The pipeline shall be laid at 2
m from the ROU edge in reserve forest areas. All these eventualities shall be
taken into account. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to make arrangement
for any additional land required for fabrication, construction, storage and all
other work areas. Contractor shall carry out construction work with in the width
as made available to him. Where the pipeline route passes through
forest/plantation areas, contractor shall clear only the minimum width required
for laying the pipeline as per Company’s approved procedure for pipeline
construction. Felling of trees/plants shall be minimized. Damage to any
obstruction, temporary/permanent structure, boundary walls etc. within ROU
shall be repaired and restored and shall be to Contractor’s account.
The Contractor must ensure that during laying of the pipeline minimum damage
occurs to the land. The land has to be restored to original condition. All
construction activities shall be in accordance with the local Government
regulations and shall be performed by the competent and qualified persons for
providing adequate protection to the general public, livestock, wild life, forest,
power lines, buildings etc. in the vicinity of the pipeline.
During pipeline construction, measures shall be adopted in order to minimize the

impact of pipeline construction activities on the environment. During ROU
clearance, the vegetation shall be cut off at ground level leaving the roots intact.
Only stumps and roots directly over the trench shall be removed for pipeline
installation.
Company has acquired the ROU free of any encroachments/ temporary/

permanent structures. However, in case any such encroachments or structures
are encountered during execution, the contractor shall be removed the same. All
costs towards such activities shall be to Contractor’s account.

PIPELINE PROJECT
In case contractor wishes to propose any detour from the acquired alignment
due to construct ability problems or otherwise, he may be permitted to do so
only after explicit approval from the Company. All immediate measures for
taking the land and compensations to land owner(s) shall be to Contractor’s
account. Company shall proceed with regular notifications etc. in due course. All
statutory fees shall be paid/ reimbursed by Company. However, such activity
shall not affect the construction schedule and overall completion period.
3.13.11 Burial Depth
The pipeline shall be buried normally at a depth of 1.0 meter below natural
ground level except river/ rail/ road/ canal crossing..
3.14 Crossings
For all rail, road, canal, river & other water crossings, Contractor shall liaison
with relevant authorities and intimate them well in advance about the schedule
and methodology of crossing. It shall be obligatory on the part of the Contractor
to ensure that Authorized Representative of the authority under whose
jurisdiction the crossing falls should be made available at site by the Contractor
at the time of making crossing. After completion of works and complete
restoration of ROU, Contractor shall provide NOC from the relevant official
pertaining to complete restoration to their satisfaction and certification in respect
of no other damage caused to their property outside the earmarked ROU
3.14.1 Railway Crossings
The railway crossing shall comply with the requirements of API 1102 and Indian
Railways regulations. The crossing angle shall be as close to 90° as possible.
Cover of casing pipe for railway crossings shall be minimum 1.8 m. Casing shall
be suitably insulated from underground conduits carrying electrical wires. The
carrier pipe shall be electrically insulated from casing pipe and casing ends shall
be sealed using durable electrically non-conducting material. Contractor shall
obtain approval of crossing drawing from concerned authorities. Casing vent
pipe shall be at least 1.2 m away vertically from aerial electrical wires and shall
be suitable insulated from underground conduits carrying electrical wires on
railway land.
3.14.2 Road Crossings
• The method of crossing of roads such as open cut / boring/ trench less
technology shall be firmed up by Contractor in consultation with
concerned authorities and Company. The Contractor shall also take due
care to identify and take due precautions so as not to disturb or damage
the utilities like cables, water lines and other structures.
• After laying the pipeline in a road crossing by open cut method, the
Contractor shall completely restore the road to its original condition.

PIPELINE PROJECT
• While laying the pipeline in road crossings by open cut method the
Contractor should ensure that the traffic is not stopped during the
execution of work. This may be done by cutting half of the road at a time
so as to enable the traffic to pass on the remaining half of the road.
Alternatively, the Contractor can provide diversion roads to maintain the
flow of traffic.
• The Contractor shall provide proper caution boards during day time and
danger lights during night time when the cutting operation of the road is
going on.
• For cased crossings, the pipeline should be taken through the casing
pipe. The top of casing should be at least1.2 metres below the road top
as specified, or as per the requirements of the local authorities,
whichever is higher.
3.14.3 Water Crossings
3.14.3.1 Canal/Drain/Other minor water crossings
• Canal and other water crossings shall be carried out by open

cut/boring/trench less technology method, to be firmed up by Contractor
in consultation with concerned authorities and Company.
• No damage shall be caused to any irrigation sources, while laying the
pipeline through canal crossings.
• The banks of the Canal should be brought to the original condition, if
they are damaged by the laying of the pipeline. Stabilisation of banks
shall be carried out as per requirements of concerned authorities.
• Pipeline shall be at least 1.5 metre below the bed for canal/drain
crossing.
3.14.4 River Crossings
Unless specified otherwise the top of pipeline for river crossings shall be
taken at least 1.5 metre below the scour depth or 2.5m below bed (1.5m
for rocky strata) whichever is more.
The detailed construction methodology and schedule. shall have to be
finalised by Contractor in consultation with concerned authorities having
jurisdiction over rivers. Company shall provide assistance by providing
introductory letters.
Pipeline at river crossings as detailed in para (d) below are intended to
be installed by open cut method, however Contractor may also propose
HDD or any other equivalent method in place of open cut based on flow
and soil conditions of individual rivers at the time of crossing. Company’s
prior approval shall be obtained for the crossing method other than open
cut. Contractor shall submit all design calculations, procedures &
drawings for Company’s approval in case of HDD option.
These river crossings shall be considered as a part of main line laying
works irrespective of method of crossing adopted by the Contractor.
Any additional land if required for string preparation for crossing of rivers

PIPELINE PROJECT
and canals shall be arranged by Contractor at no extra cost to Company.
3.14.5 Installation of Conduits for Optical Fibre Cable at Crossings
At all crossing locations (viz., rail, road, canal and minor water course crossings)
the optical fibre cable shall be installed inside a cable conduit to be installed by
the Contractor.
At all such crossings where the carrier pipe is installed by open-cut of the facility
crossed, HDPE conduit shall be installed along with the pipeline for installation of
the Optical Fiber Cable. At crossings of water bodies, where anti buoyancy
measures are provided for the carrier pipe, HDPE conduit will be strapped to the
mainline at 5m interval using high strength PE straps. For all river crossings by
HDD, CS conduit shall be strapped with carrier pipe for bundle pulling or a
separate drilling shall be performed for CS conduit. Required HDPE conduit shall
be installed inside CS conduit.
At all such crossings where the carrier pipe is installed by moiling/ jacking/boring
of carrier pipe directly and at all cased crossings, i.e., where carrier pipe is
installed inside casing pipe, 168 mm OD, 6.4 mm thk. API 5L Gr-B steel conduit
with HDPE inter duct shall be installed by jacking/boring separately. Each casing
end seal shall have a moulded opening suitable for HDPE conduit. The center to
centre distance between pipeline and CS cable conduit shall be 4.0 m based on
as installed dimensions.
3.15 Hydrostatic Testing
The pipeline from tap-off point cum despatch terminal at Padamala to Halol (12” x
46 km) shall be hydrostatically tested to a minimum test pressure of 1.5 times the
design pressure of 95 bar such that the highest point of the test section shall be
subjected to the same but limited to 95% of SMYS of the pipe material.
3.16 Dewatering and Swabbing
After successful completion of hydrostatic testing of the pipeline, Contractor shall

dewater the pipeline. The dewatering operation shall consist of at least two
dewatering runs of four-cup bi-directional pigs propelled by compressed air. As a
minimum, Contractor shall continue the dewatering operation until the volume of
water removed by the last pig train is less than volume of 2 metres of full pipe
length.
After completion of dewatering operations, Contractor shall carry out swabbing of

pipeline by running several pig trains consisting of high/ medium/ low-density foam
pigs propelled by compressed air through the pipeline. Prior to their launching,
Contractor shall weigh the pigs. On arrival of the pigs at the receiving end they
shall be re-weighed. The swabbing operation shall be repeated till the weight of
the last received foam pig does not increase by more than 50% or 10 runs of foam
pigs whichever is earlier. Drying the entire pipeline to the required degree of the

PIPELINE PROJECT
dryness as specified in technical specification.
The pipeline/ section(s) of pipeline shall never be left empty (filled with air) after
dewatering/ swabbing/drying.. Dewatering, swabbing and drying of pipeline after
hydro testing shall be taken up by Contractor only when Contractor is ready for
carrying out the drying operation immediately following pipeline swabbing. Till such
time Contractor is ready to start drying of pipeline, the pipeline/ section(s) of
pipeline after hydro testing shall be kept filled with inhibited water or the pipeline/
section(s) of pipeline shall not be dewatered. Preservation of pipeline using
inhibited water from the time of completion of hydro testing till Contractor is ready
for drying of pipeline, shall be carried out by Contractor as part of his scope of
work at no extra cost to Owner.
After the results of swabbing operation has been accepted by Owner, nitrogen
purging of line may be started for pre-commissioning activities as per specification.
3.17 Terminal Facilities
Piping facilities between the insulating joint and hook up point/battery limit and
all above ground facilities installed by Contractor shall be hydrostatically tested
to a test pressure. in accordance with “Standard specification for Inspection,
Flushing and Testing of Piping System” enclosed with the Contract document. All
valves in the piping network being hydro tested shall be kept in the crack open
position. Holding time shall be six hours.
3.18 Leak Detection
Contractor shall submit a detailed procedure for leak detection during hydro test.
Such method of detection shall consume minimum possible time to complete the
hydro test activity within contractual completion schedules. This procedure
needs approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
All works for locating and repair of major leak/burst occurred during hydrostatic
testing including necessary repairing/replacing/ cutting and removing out
defective pipe length as defined in the specification and shall not be payable as
per relevant items of schedule of rates.
Contractor shall carry out repairing / replacing of defective pipe length including
cutting and removing of defective pipes, pre testing of replacement pipe for 24
hours and welding into main line, NDT of the welds, coating of the weld joints,
clean up, re-testing of pipeline including providing all equipments, manpower &
consumables.
3.19 Pipeline Information Management System
All pipeline construction related activities and documentation including pipe

book, weld book are required to be handed over to the Company in an electronic
form in appropriate formats and systems.

PIPELINE PROJECT
3.20 Direction of Construction
For all pipelines, the direction of construction shall be in the direction of flow i.e.
from Padamala towards Halol and from all tap-off points to consumer ends
unless specified otherwise. In case the Contractor proposes to carry out
construction in direction opposite to direction of flow, the Contractor may do so
at no extra time and cost to Company and subject to Company Approval.
3.21 Pre-Commissioning of pipeline
Pipeline Contractors shall be responsible for pre-commissioning of all the

pipelines and terminals being installed by them, including supply of manpower,
materials, equipment including nitrogen along with necessary piping and
instrumentation connections for monitoring flow rate, pressure, temperature etc.
temporary venting along with necessary piping, valves and instrumentation as
well as consumables.
3.22 Magnetic Cleaning, Caliper Pigging and Commissioning
Pipeline Contractor shall carry out magnetic cleaning and Caliper pigging (EGP),
of pipelines for 12” main line being installed by them as per requirements
stipulated elsewhere in the bid document.
Rectification of defects observed during pig run, shall be carried out by individual
Contractor including digging, cutting, replacement, repair, welding, NDT etc.
3.23 Sub Contractors

The successful Bidder shall furnish a list of sub-Contractors proposed for residual
engineering along with their Commitment letter, Track record / experience and
organization details commensurate with their experience for executing similar
jobs associated with the work tendered.
For design, engineering and procurement the leader or sub-Contractor / backup
agencies wherever engaged, should have sufficient relevant experience for
cross-country pipeline and terminal for hydrocarbon service and to establish the
experience supported by copies of work orders and completion certificates shall
be furnished for Company’s review and approval.
3.24 Overall Commissioning
Overall commissioning including drying, nitrogen purging etc. for Contractors

shall perform the pipelines including all terminals.
Overall commissioning Contractor shall mobilize all equipment, consumables,

nitrogen and manpower for carrying out pigging, drying, inertisation and
commissioning activities.
Commissioning activities shall be carried out as per applicable specifications

PIPELINE PROJECT
enclosed with Contract.
4.0 ENGINEERING REVIEW FOR PIPELINE AND TERMINALS
Contractor shall submit all proposed designs, drawings, installation and testing
procedures, work instructions with ITPs and inspection formats for review and
approval by Company as mentioned in scope of work. This shall be done seven
(7) days prior to the commencement of any phase of fabrication or installation.
The work shall begin only after Company’s approval has been obtained.
Calculations shall also be submitted for any other factors not listed in the bid
package but which are necessary to prove the validity for Contractor’s design or
proposed construction methods. Contractor shall furnish his document schedule
indicating clearly sequencing of documents. As part of residual engineering,
Contractor shall as a minimum, provide following deliverables for Company’s
review and approval.
• Piping stress analysis.
• Design and engineering of piping and equipment supports, RCC sleepers
for above ground piping, pipe racks, valve operating platforms, Detailed
list and schedule of submission of relevant documents drawings and
procedures.
• Methodology for crossings of rivers, canals, major roads, difficult terrain
(steep slope hilly terrain) etc. and detailed calculation & drawing as
applicable in case HDD/ any other method being adopted.
• Installation, hook-up, field testing and commissioning procedures/
specifications
• Golden joint-2 Nos for each station, tap-off, mainline and 2Nos per HDD.
• Pipeline Alignment Drawings for detoured areas.
• IFC Piping General Arrangement drawing for all terminals and
intermediate installations.
• Pipeline approach/ departure drawings.
• Operational & maintenance manual.
• Work instructions, ITPs and inspection formats paved areas etc.
• Equipment layout/ Overall plot plan.
5.0 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
Contractor’s responsibilities, besides the scope of work to be performed by him

defined earlier, shall also include the following:
5.1 The Contractor is deemed to have recognized any restrictive features and
constraints of the site(s), pipeline route and /or specific requirements of the
work and made due allowance for it in the work to be performed by him.
5.2 Company has provided the available information and survey data along pipeline
route and crossings. Company gives no guarantee or warranty as to the
accuracy or completeness of the information provided. It is the Contractor’s sole
responsibility to obtain sufficient information / data along pipeline route and
crossings to allow safe and sound design and installation of the proposed

PIPELINE PROJECT
pipeline.
5.3 Interpretation and verification of data/information furnished by Company in

respect of pipeline route surveys, crossing details, contained in the bid package.
Any additional information/data/surveys etc. required by Contractor for detailed
engineering and execution of the works, shall be obtained by him. Company
may assist him in obtaining such information/ data by issuing recommendatory
letters.
5.4 Drawings and installation procedures, engineering for procurement & fabrication,
engineering for installation including drawings, QA/QC procedures, etc
performed by the Contractor for complete pipeline system shall be reviewed and
approved by Company. Contractor shall submit six sets of engineering
documents, drawings, and procedures as described under relevant clause for
Company’s review and approval. All works shall be executed based on approved
documents only.
5.5 Review and approval of Contractor’s work(s) by Company shall in no way relieve
the Contractor of his sole responsibility for safe and efficient design,
engineering, installation and subsequent operation of pipeline system.
5.6 Furnishing and mobilizing at site(s) of all construction equipment, manpower,

tools and tackles, construction spreads, fully equipped and fully manned with
other required support facilities etc. commensurate for spreads needed for
successful execution of the works.
5.7 Pre-commissioning/ commissioning of all the pipeline/piping systems.
5.8 Preparing and furnishing calculation books, pipe books, material/ purchase
requisitions, final purchase orders including specifications, Vendor's data books
(including Guarantees), fabrication and construction drawings, all survey reports,
inspection and testing reports, as-built records for all phases of work.
5.9 The Contractor is cautioned to exercise extreme care and take necessary
precautions to prevent damage to the existing pipeline(s), facilities, electrical
and other cables during execution of the entire works. Contractor shall carry out
Restoration/ reconstruction of all structures/ facilities affected during pipeline
construction.
5.10 Wherever Contractor comes across water lines/open channels/drains in the fields
used for cultivation, suitable arrangements similar to the existing type shall be
made by the Contractor for ensuring water supplies across the fields and
maintain the same till construction is completed in that stretch. Any claims
arising out of non-compliance to the above requirements, as granted by
competent authorities shall be to Contractor’s account.
5.11 Contractor shall carry out all testing and inspection of materials, equipment etc.
in independent testing institutions, laboratories, if so desired by Company.

PIPELINE PROJECT
5.12 Disposal and treatment of treated hydro-testing water, excavated materials,

surplus materials etc. as per local authorities requirements.
5.13 Blasting if required, in all types of rocks for excavation shall be carried out in
controlled manner so as to protect the existing facilities, men, environment and
property etc from any damage, whatsoever. Blasting in all types of rock shall be
allowed subject to concerned central/state government and regulatory
authorities permitting the same.
5.14 Any other work not specifically listed but required for successful completion of
entire pipeline system.
5.15 DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF BIDDING
No technical documents are required to be submitted at the time of

bidding. Bidder is advised to comply with all the requirements of bid
document without any deviations. Company reserves the right to
reject any bid with deviations without making any reference to bidder.
6.0 DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND DRAWINGS
6.1 Owner shall furnish piping and Instrumentation diagrams (P & I D), preliminary
plot plan for the construction of Terminal alongwith the tender. Contractor shall
submit the design & engineering drawings and construction drawings including
general arrangement drawings for piping, electrical, mechanical & instrumentation
systems and other related/ required systems, at appropriate times for Owner/ EIC
approval.
6.2 Contractor shall prepare isometric drawings & bill of materials and submit the same
for Owner/ Consultant’s approval/ record.
Contractor shall prepare drawing for utilities line as required as per SOR and
submit the same for Owner/ Consultant’s approval/ record.
6.3 No construction small or big shall be carried out without proper construction
drawings duly approved by Owner's Engineers or site office or Owner's
representative duly authorised to do so.
For Mainline route survey alignment sheets and crossing survey details shall be
furnished alongwith bid by Owner. However, detail-crossing drawings with
crossing methodology shall be submitted by Contractor for prior approval. Any
additional survey and data required to complete above should be done by
Contractor without any extra cost.
6.4 After Completion of construction & commissioning of Terminal, Contractor shall

incorporate all the correction in drawings, prepare and issue the drawings "as-built
drawings" as listed below to Owner as final submission of drawings. For Mainline

PIPELINE PROJECT
pipeline alignment sheet, all X-ing details, all CP drawings, pipe book etc. and for
Terminals P&ID, layout drg., piping GAD, Isometric, all electrical & instrumentation
drg., all civil drawings. For final submission only 4 sets of documents plus the
original transparencies shall be handed over by Contractor. Any construction done
by Contractor without duly approved drawings shall be wholly at his risk and cost.
Contractor shall also submit soft copy of pipe book in excel alongwith hard copy.
Soft copy of all as-built drawings shall be also submitted in AutoCAD. Video
graphy/ photograph of all major activities/ milestone achieved shall also be
arranged and submitted by the Contractor. For details of documentation to be
submitted for mainline and terminal refer enclosed specification for
documentation for pipeline construction Specification NO. MEC/S/05/62/09R
enclosed elsewhere with the tender.
6.5 Specifications
The work shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR strictly in accordance with the
following specifications enclosed in Volume-II of V this document :-
VOLUME-II OF V
1. SPECIFICATION FOR MAINLINE CONSTRUCTION MEC/S/05/62/01A
2. SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING OF ONSHORE CROSS-COUNTRY MEC/S/05/62/02A

PIPELINE WITH ADDENDUM-I TO ABOVE SPECIFICATION
3. SPECIFICATION FOR HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF MEC/S/05/62/03A

ONSHORE PIPELINES
4. SPECIFICATION FOR MAJOR WATER CROSSINGS MEC/S/05/62/04

(CONVENTIONAL)
5. SPECIFICATION FOR PIPELINE CROSSING ROADS, MEC/S/05/62/05

RAILROADS, MINOR WATER AND OTHER CROSSINGS
6. SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING, FABRICATION AND ERECTION MEC/S/05/62/06
7. SPECIFICATION FOR SHOP AND FIELD PAINTING MEC/S/05/62/07A
8. SPECIFICATION FOR REPAIR OF PIPELINE CORROSION COATING MEC/S/05/62/08
9. SPECIFICATION FOR PIPELINE MARKERS MEC/S/05/62/10
10. SPECIFICATION FOR FLUSHING AND TESTING MEC/S/05/62/11
11. SPECIFICATION FOR CASING INSULATORS AND END SEALS MEC/S/05/62/12
12. SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD JOINT COATING MEC/PTS/05/62/13

(ON-SHORE PIPELINE)

PIPELINE PROJECT
13. SPECIFICATION FOR 3 LPE COATING OF PIPE MEC/S/05/62/014
14. SPECIFICATION FOR 3 LPP COATING OF PIPE MEC/S/05/21/014B,R0
15. SPECIFICATION FOR VENTS, DRAINS AND WELLS MEC/S/05/62/15
16. SPECIFICATION FOR GASKETS, NUTS AND BOLTS MEC/S/05/62/019
17. PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS MEC/23JT/05/21/S/021
18. SPECIFICATION FOR PRE-COMMISSIONING/ COMMISSIONING MEC/S/05/62/61
19. SPECIFICATION FOR CORROSION PROTECTION COALTAR MEC/S/05/62/63

BASED TAPE COATING OF U/G STEEL P/L FOR WATER SERVICE
20. SPECIFICATION FOR HEALTH, SAFETY AND MEC/S/05/62/65
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT (HSE)
21. SPECIFICATION FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE MEC/S/05/62/66

SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
22. SPECIFICATION FOR DOCUMENTATION FOR MEC/S/05/62/69

PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
23. SPECIFICATION FOR CALIPER PIGGING MEC/S/05/62/70
24. SPECIFICATION FOR INTELLIGENT PIGGING MEC/S/05/21/70A-R0
25. SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD JOINT COATING OF PIPELINE MEC/S/05/62/74

FOR HDD CROSSING
26. SPECIFICATION FOR PIPELINE CROSSING USING MEC/S/05/62/75

DIRECTIONAL DRILLING METHOD
27. SPECIFICATION FOR BALL VALVES MEC/TS/05/62/002
28. SPECIFICATION FOR CHECK VALVES MEC/TS/05/62/004
29. SPECIFICATION FOR GLOBE VALVE MEC/TS/05/62/005
30. SPECIFICATION FOR SCRAPPER TRAP MEC/S/05/62/007
31. SPECIFICATION FOR INSULATING JOINTS MEC/TS/05/62/009
32. SPECIFICATION FOR FLOW TEE MEC/S/05/62/011
33. SPECIFICATION FOR LINE PIPE (ON SHORE) MEC/TS/05/21/012D
34. SPECIFICATION FOR QOEC MEC/S/05/62/013

PIPELINE PROJECT
35. SPECIFICATION FOR LONG RADIUS BENDS MEC/TS/05/62/015

36. SPECIFICATION FOR CARTRIDGE FILTER MEC/TS/05/62/017
37. SPECIFICATION FOR FITTINGS & FLANGES UPTO 16” SIZE MEC/TS/05/62/025
38. SPECIFICATION FOR PIG SIGNALLERS MEC/S/05/62/048
39. SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE MEC/TS/05/62/056
40. SPECIFICATION FOR ASSORTED PIPES FOR TERMINALS MEC/TS/05/62/59A
41. PARTICULAR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CO2 MEC/05/14/23JT/01
FLOODING SYSTEM
Drawings
6.5 The following drawings are included in Volume-V of V of the bid package for BIDDER’s
reference purpose only; Bidders are advised to go through these drawings and also visit
the site before submitting their bids. The Contractor shall develop the drawings for all
crossings and detour of pipeline alignment.
VOLUME – V of V
1. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
Sl. Description of Drawings Drawings No.

No.
1.1 SCHEMATIC LINE DIAGRAM MEC/23JT/05/21/M/LD/0001 Rev. 2
1.2 a) P&I DIAGRAM FOR TAP-OFF POINT-I AT MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/0101, Rev. 5,
PADAMALA Sheet 1 of 5
b) P&I DIAGRAM FOR TAP-OFF-II CUM MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/0101, Rev. 5,
DESPATCH TERMINAL AT SOKHADA Sheet 2 of 5
c) P&I DIAGRAM FOR TAP-OFF POINT-III FOR MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/0101, Rev. 4,
GIDC MAJUSAR at Ch. 11.42 Sheet 3 of 5
d) P&I DIAGRAM FOR TAP-OFF POINT-IV AND MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/0101, Rev. 4,
SV-1 AT SAVALI GIDC AT CH. 23.87 KM Sheet 4 of 5
e) P&I DIAGRAM FOR RECEIVING TERMINAL MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/0101, Rev. 5,
AT HALOL Sheet 5 of 5
f) LEGEND / DRAWING SYMBOLS MEC/23JT/05/62/M/001/0002, Rev. 0,
1.3 a) PLOT PLAN FOR TAP-OFF POINT – I AT MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/1011, Rev. 2
PADAMALA
b) PLOT PLAN FOR DESPATCH TERMINAL CUM MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/1011, Rev. 2
TAP-OFF POINT-II AT SOKHADA
c) PLOT PLAN FOR TAP-OFF-III AT CH. 11.42 MEC/23JT/05/21/M/003/1011, Rev. 2
KM
d) PLOT PLAN FOR SV-1 AND TAP-OFF-IV AT MEC/23JT/05/21/M/004/1011, Rev. 2
CH. 23.87 km
e) PLOT PLAN FOR TAP-OFF-V AND MEC/23JT/05/21/M/006/1011, Rev. 2
RECEIVING TERMINAL AT HALOL

PIPELINE PROJECT
Sl. Description of Drawings Drawings No.

No.
1.4 a) PIPING GAD FOR DESPATCH TERMINAL MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/1031, Rev. 2
CUM TAP-OFF POINT-II AT SOKHADA (Sheet 1 of 2)
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/1031, Rev. 1
(Sheet 2 of 2)
b) PIPING GAD FOR TAP-OFF-III AT CH. 11.42 MEC/23JT/05/21/M/003/1031, Rev. 1
KM
c) PIPING GAD FOR SV-1 AND TAP-OFF-IV AT MEC/23JT/05/21/M/004/1031, Rev. 1
CH. 23.87 km
d) PIPING GAD FOR TAP-OFF-V AND MEC/23JT/05/21/M/005/1031, Rev. 2
RECEIVING TERMINAL AT HALOL
1.5 ALIGNMENT SHEET (CD) MMIPL/GSPL/VGPL/AL-01 to 15
1.6 CROSSING DRAWINGS (CD) MMIPL/GSPL/VGPL/CS-01 to 49
6.7 Drawing and Documents
6.7.1 The drawings accompanying the Bid document are indicative of scope of work and
issued for tendering / bidding purpose only. These drawings indicate the general
scheme as well as the layout to enable the contractor to make an offer in line with
the requirements of the owner. Final construction shall be done as per approved
construction drawings issued by COMPANY.
6.7.2 "Approved for Construction" drawings will be furnished to the contractor

progressively based on construction progress achieved by Contractor. No extra
claims whatsoever shall be entertained for any variation between Bid Drawings
and Approved for Construction Drawing.
7.0 RESOURCES FACILITIES
7.1 Recruitment of Personnel by Contractor
The Contractor shall not recruit personnel of any category from among those who
are already employed by the other agencies working at the sites but shall make
maximum use of local labour available.
7.2 Land for Residential Accommodation
Owner shall not provide any land for residential accommodation of contractors staff
and labour.
8.0 PROJECT SCHEDULING & MONITORING
The following schedules/documents/reports shall be prepared and submitted by

the Bidder/Contractor for review/approval at various stages of the contract.

PIPELINE PROJECT
8.1 Alongwith Bid
a) Time Schedule
The Completion Time Schedule for the work (including mobilization period)
as per Appendix-I to Invitation for bid, PART-A of Tender in all respect,
from the date of issue of telex/telegram/letter/Fax of Intent.
The Bidder is required to submit a Project Time Schedule in Bar Chart

Form, alongwith the Bid. The Schedule shall cover all aspects like
sub-ordering, manufacturing and delivery, indicated in the Bid Document.
The Owner interface activities shall be clearly identified with their latest
required dates. Owner reserves the right to disqualify the Bidder if the
above Schedule submitted by the Bidder is not in line with the over all
Project requirement.
b) Scheduling & Monitoring System
The Bidders should describe their system of Project Scheduling and

monitoring, the extent of computerization, level of detailing, tracing
methodology etc. with the name of computer package and sample outputs.
8.2 After the Award of Contract
a) Overall Project Schedule
The Contractor shall submit within 1 week of Fax of Intent, a sufficiently

detailed over all Project Schedule in the activity network form, clearly
indicating the major milestones, interrelationship/ interdependence
between various activities together with analysis of critical path and floats.
The network will be reviewed and approved by Engineer- in-Charge and the
comments if any shall be incorporated in the network before issuing the
same for implementation. The network thus finalised shall form part of the
contract document and the same shall not be revised without the prior
permission from Engineer-in- Charge during the entire period of contract.
b) Progress Measurement Methodology
The contractor is required to submit within 1 week of award of WORK, the

methodology of progress measurement of sub-ordering, manufacturing/
delivery, sub- contracting construction and commissioning works and the
basis of computation of overall services/physical progress informed. Owner
reserves the right to modify the methodology in part or in full.

PIPELINE PROJECT
c) Functional Schedules
The contractor should prepare detailed functional schedules in line with

network for functional monitoring and control and submit scheduled
progress covers for each function viz. ordering, delivery and construction.
8.3 Project Review Meetings
The Contractor shall present the programme and status at various review
meetings as required.
a) Weekly Review Meeting
Level of : Contractor’s/Consultant’s RCM/

Participation Site Incharge & Job Engineers.
Agenda : a) Weekly programme v/s actual

achieved in the past week &
programme for next week.
b) Remedial Actions and hold up
analysis.
c) Client query/ approval.
Venue : Site Office
b) Monthly Review Meeting
Level of : Senior Officers of GSPL/MECON and

Participation Contractors.
Agenda : a) Progress Status/ Statistics

b) Completion Outlook
c) Major hold ups/slippages
d) Assistance required
e) Critical issues
f) Client query/ approval
Venue : GSPL/MECON Office/ Site at the discretion of

Owner/ MECON
8.4 Progress Reporting Proforma
A) Monthly Progress Report
This report shall be submitted on a monthly basis within 10(ten) calendar

days from cut-off date, as agreed upon covering overall scenarios of the
work. The report shall include, but not limited to the following :

PIPELINE PROJECT
a) Brief Introduction of the work.

b) Activities executed/ achievements during the month.
c) Schedule versus actual percentage progress and progress curves
for Detail Engg. Sub-ordering, Manufacturing/ Delivery, Sub-
contracting, Construction, Commissioning and Overall and
quantum wise status & purchase orders against schedule.
d) Area of concern/ problem/ hold-ups, impacts and action plans.
e) Resources deployment status.
f) Annexures giving status summary for drawings, MRs, deliveries,
sub-contracting and construction.
g) Procurement status for items to be supplied by Contractor.
B) Weekly Reports
The report will be prepared and submitted by the Contractor on weekly

basis and will cover following items :
a) Activities programmed and completed during the week.
b) Resource deployed men and machines.
c) Quantities achieved against target in construction
d) Record of Man days lost.
e) Construction percentage progress schedule and actual.
C) Daily Repots
a) Activity programme for the day

b) Progress of the previous day and commutative progress.
c) Manpower & machinery deployed.
8.5 Progress Reports
8.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to keep the OWNER adequately informed as
to the progress of the WORK throughout the CONTRACT period.
CONTRACTOR shall keep the OWNER informed well in advance of the construction
schedule so as to permit the OWNER to arrange for requisite inspection to be
carried out in such a manner as to minimize interference with progress of WORK.
It is imperative that close coordination be maintained with the OWNER during all
phases of WORK.
8.5.2 By the 10th (tenth) of each month, CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER a
detailed report covering the progress as of the last day of the previous month.
These reports will indicate actual and scheduled percentage of completion of
construction as well as general comments of interest or the progress of various
phases of the WORK. The frequency of progress reporting by the CONTRACTOR
shall be weekly.

PIPELINE PROJECT
8.5.3 Once a week, CONTRACTOR shall submit a summary of the WORK accomplished
during the preceding week in form of percentage completion of the various phases
of the WORK, to the OWNER.
8.5.4 Progress reports shall be supplied by CONTRACTOR with documents such as chart,
networks, photographs, test certificate etc. Such progress reports shall be in the
form and size as may be required by the OWNER and shall be submitted in at least
3 (three) copies.
8.5.5 Contractor shall prepare daily progress report (DPR) in the desired format and
submit it to Engineer-in-charge alongwith schedule of next day to Engineer-in-
charge.
9.0 OTHER CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT
OWNER reserves the right to inspect all phases of CONTRACTOR's operations to

ensure conformity to the SPECIFICATIONS. Owner will have Engineers, Inspectors
or other duly authorised representatives, made known to the CONTRCTOR present
during progress of the WORK and such representatives shall have free access to
the WORK at all times. The presence or absence of a OWNER's representative
does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for quality control in all
phases of the WORK. In the event that any of the WORK being done by the
CONTRACTOR or any SUB-CONTRACTOR is found by OWNER's representatives to
be unsatisfactory or not in accordance with the DRAWINGS, procedures and
SPECIFICATIONS, the CONTRACTOR shall, upon verbal notice of such, revise the
work in a manner to conform to the relevant DRAWINGS, procedures and
SPECIFICATIONS.
9.1 Rules & Regulations
CONTRACTOR shall observe in addition to Codes specified in respective

specification, all National and Local Laws, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations and
requirements pertaining to the WORK and shall be responsible for extra costs
arising from violations of the same.
9.2 Procedures
Various procedures and method statements to be adopted by CONTRACTOR during

the construction as required in the respective specifications shall be submitted to
OWNER in due time for APPROVAL. No such construction activity shall commence
unless approved by OWNER in writing.
9.3 Field Inspection
CONTRACTOR shall have at all times during the performance of the WORK, a
Competent Superintendent on the premises. Any instruction given to such
superintendent shall be construed as having been given to the CONTRACTOR.

PIPELINE PROJECT
9.4 Erection and Installation
The CONTRACTOR shall carry out required supervision and inspection

as per quality Assurance plan and furnish all assistance required by the
OWNER in carrying out inspection work during this phase. The OWNER will have
engineers, inspectors or other authorised representatives present who are to
have free access to the WORK at all times. If an OWNER's representative
notifies the CONTRACTOR's authorised representative not lower than a Foreman
of any deficiency, or recommends action regarding compliance with the
SPECIFICATIONS, the CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to carry out such
instructions to complete the WORK conforming to the SPECIFICATIONS and
approved DRAWINGS in the fullest degree consistent with best industry practice.
9.5 Construction Aids, Equipment, Tools & Tackles
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for making available for executing the
work, all requisite Construction Equipments, Special Aids, Cranes, Tools, Tackles
and testing equipments and appliances. Such construction equipments etc. shall
be subject to examination by owner and approval for the same being in first class
operating condition. Any discrepencies pointed out by OWNER shall be
immediately got rectified, repaired or the equipment replaced altogether, by
CONTRACTOR. OWNER shall not in any way be responsible for providing any such
equipment, machinery, tools and tackles.
The OWNER reserves the right to rearrange such deployment depending upon the
progress and priority of work in various sections.
Tie-end between main line and starting point of terminal is included in the scope of
contract, as and when main line section is available for Tie-ins.
10.0 DOCUMENTATION
10.1 "As Built" Drawings
Notwithstanding the provisions contained in standard specifications, upon

completion of WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall complete all of the related drawings
to the "AS BUILT" stage and provide the OWNER, the following: -
a) One complete set of all original tracings.

b) Six complete bound sets of Contractor’s specifications including design
calculations.
c) Six complete sets, in the form of hand bound volumes, of the
manufacturer's data book for all the equipments, instruments etc. including
certified prints and data. Data books shall be completed with index as to
tag numbers associated with manufacturer's data shown, Equipment data
shall include as a minimum requirement the principle and descriptions of
operations, installation and maintenance instructions, drawings and
dimensions, parts list and priced purchase orders including those of major

PIPELINE PROJECT
sub-vendors and suppliers. Requirements pertaining to "VENDOR DATA

REQUIREMENT" attached with standard specifications for the documents to
be included in the Data Book for each equipment, instruments etc. shall
also be complied with.
d) Six bound copies each of the Spare Parts Data Books and the Lubricants
Inventory Schedule.
e) Soft copy of all the as built drawings prepared in AutoCAD in one set of re-
writable compact Disc and photographs covering measure activities at site.
f) The Contractor shall submit coloured photographs covering all the activities
of pipeline constructions highlighting the progress or other areas of work in
2 sets to Engineer-in-charge at site office alongwith monthly progress
report. Similarly photographs for problem areas should be submitted well
in advance with a proposed methodology to execute the works and meet
the construction schedule. The cost of same shall be deemed to be
inclusive in the rates and no separate payment shall be made.
g) All as-built drawings as mentioned in specification for documentation
enclosed elsewhere in the tender.
10.2 Completion Document
The following documents shall be submitted in hard binder by the CONTRACTOR in

THREE sets, as a part of completion documents :-
a) Welding Procedure Qualification Report.
b) Welder Qualification Report.
c) Radiographic Procedure Qualification.
d) Radiographic Report alongwith radiographs (Radiographs only with the
original).
e) Batch Test Certificate from manufacturers for electrodes.
f) Pretesting and final Hydrostatic and other Test results and reports.
g) All other requirements as specified in the respective specifications.
h) Test results and reports.
i) Pre-commissioning/commissioning check list.
j) Completion Certificate issued by Owner’s Site Engineer.
k) No claim certificate by the Contractor.
l) Consumption statements of steel and cement certified by Owner’s Site
Engineer.
m) Completion certificate for embedded and covered up works wherever
applicable.
n) Recovery statement, if any.
o) Statement for reconciliation of all the payments and recoveries made in the
progress bills.
p) Copies of deviation statement and order of extension of time, if granted.
10.3 Submission of Coloured Photographs
The Contractor shall shoot, prepare and submit coloured photographs in 2 sets
to MECON site office along with monthly progress report covering all the
activities of pipeline constructions highlighting the progress or other areas of

PIPELINE PROJECT
work. Similarly photographs for problem areas should be submitted well in

advance with a proposed methodology to execute the works and meet the
construction schedule. The cost of same shall be deemed to be inclusive in the
rates and no separate payment shall be made.
10.4 Videotape
Contractor shall develop and submit a videotape of three hours duration

covering the construction activities showing the nature and magnitude of the
work. The tape shall be shot and edited to Indian broadcast standards.
Professional camerapersons shall shoot videotape recorded in field. Tape shall
cover, but not limited to the following construction activities:
• Mobilization of equipment/ machinery
• ROW cleaning/grading
• Trenching
• Stringing
• Automatic Welding
• Automatic UTS
• Pipe laying
• Back filling
• River crossings
• Rail/Road/Canal crossings
• Hydro testing Pre-drying and drying
• Restoration of ROU
• Laying of optical fibre cable
• Various construction and installation at sectionalizing valve stations etc.
Videotape shall also have coverage on new/special techniques used in the

Contract and major problems encountered, if any, and the measures taken to
resolve them. The tape shall be supplemented with suitable narration and
subtitles explaining the job, techniques and methodology, etc. The video shall be
prepared with two narration tracks, one in Hindi one in English. Professional
narrators shall voice both. The script shall include explanations of job activities
techniques used methodologies etc. Elements of the video programme
sequencing and editing techniques shall be discussed with Owner and mutually
agreed to before videotaping begins. Draft script shall be submitted to Owner for
approval before editing commences.
Following completion of editing and review and approval of programme by

Owner, Contractor shall deliver edited master tape to Owner plus six VHS-
Format copies of the programme
11.0 PLANS, DESIGNS, DRAWINGS BY CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall be responsible for the Detailed Engineering of the Project.
The Contractor shall, within the scope of his work, prepare detailed working and
other plans, drawings and designs required for or in connection with the
performance of the work or selection, procurement of making of any supply, and

PIPELINE PROJECT
these plans/drawings shall be approved by the Owner / Project Manager before

the Contractor can commence with the performance of the relative work or with
making the relative supply.
The Contractor shall within the scope of his work also carry out investigative and
design studies and prepare detailed design for the various materials and works
covered in the Contract Documents. Such detailed designs along with referred
codes, standards and practices, back-up calculations, and other details on basis
of which the designs have been prepared shall be subject to the Owner’ s
approval. Detailed working drawings and material specifications shall be
prepared and established on the basis of the approved design(s) and shall also
be subject to the Owner’ s approval.
Where the Contractor shall be required under the Contract to prepare or furnish
any plan(s), drawing(s), design(s) or specification(s) or other items for thing in
respect of the work or any particular work and/or supplies or any particular
supply, the Contractor shall within 30 (thirty) days (or such other period as the
Project Manager may prescribe in this behalf) on receipt of notification of
Acceptance of Bid or not less than 60 (sixty) days before the proposed date of
commencement of the relative work or supply, whichever shall be earlier, submit
to the Project Manager or other authority specified by the Owner in this behalf
for approval the relative plan(s) / drawing(s) / design(s) / specification(s) / or
item(s) or thing(s) concerned. The Owner / shall be entitled at any time to
suggest any amendment(s) or modification(s) in the plans/drawings and/or
specifications and the Contractor shall thereupon either convince the
Owner/Project Manager of the necessity in whole or part of such amendment or
modification or shall implement the same and shall cause the plan(s)/
drawing(s)/ design(s) / specification(s) or item(s) or thing(s) concerned to be
accordingly amended, provided that no such approval of or amendments /
modifications in the plans/ drawings/ designs/ specifications by or suggested by
the Owner / Project Manager shall any way absolve the Contractor of any of his
obligations, responsibilities or liabilities under the Contract, inclusive of an
relative to the utility and suitability of the Contractor(s) plans / drawings /
designs / specifications or items or things concerned in or for the relative
work(s) or supply and fulfillment of all specifications and performance and other
guarantees of the consequent works/supplies, any such approval or suggestion
by the Owner / Project Manager as aforesaid being intended only by way of
assistance to the Contractor and prima facie satisfaction of the Owner without
any attendant liability upon the Project Manager / Owner in this behalf and
without any estoppel against the Owner from assenting that notwithstanding
such approval, the plan, drawing, design, specification or other items or thin
approved and any resultant works or supply were faulty and/or not in
accordance with the contractual requirements.
The Contractor shall furnish seven (6) prints each of the drawings for approval
of the Project Manager.

PIPELINE PROJECT
The Contractor shall not permit any work to be done or any material to be
supplied or fabricated or manufactured at variance with drawings, designs,
specifications reviewed / approved by the Project Manager / Owner as the case
may be and / or as amended or modified. The reviewed/approved drawings may
be released to the Contractor for fabrication/installation progressively.
Unless otherwise required at least 3 (three) sets of direct reading reproducibles

no lower in quality than auto positive of extra thin paper able to produce class
legible prints (the reproducibles to be submitted in roll forms) and 3 (three) sets
of prints of all approved plan, drawings, designs, specifications prepared by the
Contractor, together with similar sets of the reproducible and prints of all
revisions/amendments/ modifications therein shall be lodged with the Project
Manager for the record of the Owner, such sets of plans, drawings, designs,
specifications to be signed by the Contractor and to indicate thereon the number
and date of each revision/amendment and of the communication of the Project
Manager for the approval thereof by which the approval was given.
12.0 SURVEY AND LEVEL/SETTING OUT WORK
12.1 Before the WORK or any part thereof are begun, the Contractor’s agent and the
Engineer-in-Charge's representative shall together survey and take levels of the
SITE and decide all particulars on which the survey is to be made, and on which
measurements of the WORK are to be based. Such particulars shall be plotted by
the CONTRACTOR and after agreement the drawings shall be signed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
12.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be entirely responsible for the horizontal and vertical
alignment, the level and correctness of every part of the WORK and shall rectify
any errors or imperfections therein. The CONTRACTOR at his own cost shall carry
out such rectifications, when the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative issues
instructions to this effect.
12.3 The Engineer-in-Charge shall furnish the relevant existing grid point with Bench
Mark on the land. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to set out the necessary
control points in and to set out the alignment of the various works. The
CONTRACTOR shall have to employ efficient survey team for this purpose and the
accuracy of such setting out work shall be Contractor’s responsibility.
12.4 The CONTRACTOR shall give the Engineer-in-Charge not less than 24 (twenty four)
hours notice in writing of his intention to set out or give levels for any part of the
WORK so that arrangements may be made checking the same.
12.5 WORK shall be suspended for such times as necessary for checking lines and levels
on any part of the WORK.
12.6 The CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense provide all assistance, which the
Engineer-in-Charge may require for checking the setting out ot WORKS.

PIPELINE PROJECT
12.7 Before commencement of any activity, contractor's quality control set up duly
approved by company must be available at site.
13.0 ORDER OF WORKS/ PERMISSIONS/ RIGHT OF ENTRY/ CARE OF

EXISTING SERVICES
13.1 The order in which the WORK shall be carried out shall be subject to the approval
of the Engineer-in-charge and shall be so as to suit the detailed method of
construction adopted by the CONTRACTOR, as well as the agreed joint
programme. The WORK shall be carried out in a manner so as to enable the other
contractors, if any, to work concurrently.
OWNER reserves right to fix up priorities, which will be conveyed, by

Engineer-in-Charge and the CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute work
accordingly.
13.2 Existing Service
13.2.1 Drains, pipes, cables, overhead wires and similar services encountered in course of
the works shall be guarded from injury by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost, so
that they may continue in full and uninterrupted use to the satisfaction of the
Owners thereof, or otherwise occupy any part of the SITE in a manner likely to
hinder the operation of such services.
13.2.2 Should any damage be done by the CONTRACTOR to any mains, pipes, cables or
lines (whether above or below ground etc.), whether or not shown on the drawings
the CONTRACTOR must make good or bear the cost of making good the same
without delay to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
14.0 MAKE OF MATERIAL/BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
An Appendix-I of approved vendors for various major items is enclosed with this
tender specification. The bidder shall consider such names only as indicated in the
aforesaid list and clearly indicate in the bid the name(s) as selected against these
items. For any other item not covered in the list enclosed with this tender
document, prior approval shall be obtained by the contractor for its make/
supplier’s name.
15.0 TESTS, INSPECTION AND COMPLETION
15.1 Tests and Inspection
The Contractor shall carry out the various tests as enumerated in the technical
specifications of this Bidding Document and technical documents that will be
furnished to him during the performance of the work at no extra cost to the
Owner.

PIPELINE PROJECT
All the tests either on the field or at outside laboratories concerning the
execution of the work and supply of materials by the Contractor shall be carried
out by Contractor at his own cost.
The work is subject to inspection at all times by the Engineer-in-Charge. The

Contractor shall follow all instructions given during inspection and shall ensure
that the work is being carried out according to the technical specifications of this
Bidding Document, the technical documents that will be furnished to him during
performance of work and the relevant codes of practice.
The Contractor shall provide for purposes of inspection access ladders, lighting
equipment for testing, necessary instruments etc. at his own cost, low voltage
lighting equipment for tray fixing and inspection work.
Compressed air for carrying out works shall be arranged by the Contractor at his
own cost.
For material supplied by Owner, Contractor shall carryout the tests, if required
by the Engineer-in-Charge, and the cost of such tests shall be reimbursed by the
Owner at actual to the Contractor on production of documentary evidence.
All results of inspection and tests will be recorded in the inspection reports,
proforma of which will be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. These reports
shall form part of the completion documents. Any work not conforming to
execution drawings, specifications or codes shall be rejected and the Contractor
shall carryout the rectifications at his own cost.
For materials supplied by Owner, contractor shall carryout the tests, if required by
the Engineer-in- charge, and the cost of such tests shall be reimbursed by the
Owner at actual to the Contractor on production of documentary evidence.
Contractor shall inspect carefully all equipment before receiving them from Owner
for installation purposes. Any damage or defect noticed shall be brought to the
notice of Engineer-in- Charge immediately.
Inspection and acceptance of the work shall not relieve the Contractor from any of
his responsibilities under this Contract.
15.2 Inspection of Supply Items
15.2.1 All inspection and tests on bought out items shall be made as per the
specifications forming part of this contract. Various stages of inspection and
testing shall be identified after receipt of Quality Assurance Programme from the
Contractor/ Manufacturer.
15.2.2 Inspection calls shall be given for associations of Owner/ MECON ’s

representative as per mutually agreed programme in prescribed proforma with
15 days margin, giving details of equipment and attaching relevant test
certificates and internal inspection report of the Contractor. All drawings,
General Arrangement and other contract drawings, specifications, catalogues
etc. pertaining to equipment offered for inspection shall be got approved from

PIPELINE PROJECT
Owner/ MECON and copies shall be made available to owner/ MECON before
hand for undertaking inspection.
15.2.3 The contractor shall ensure full and free access to the inspection engineer of
Owner/ MECON at the Contractor’s or their sub-contractor’s premises at any
time during contract period to facilitate him to carry out inspection and testing
assignments.
15.2.4 The contractor/ sub-contractor shall provide all instruments, tools, necessary
testing and other inspection facilities to inspection engineer of Owner/ MECON
free of cost for carrying out inspection.
15.2.5 Where facilities for testing do not exist in the Contractor’s/ sub-contractor’s
laboratories, samples and test pieces shall be drawn by the Contractor/ Sub-
Contractor in presence of Inspection Engineer of a Owner/ MECON and duly
sealed by the later and sent for testing in Government approved Test House or
any other testing laboratories approved by the Inspection Engineer at the
Contractor’s cost.
15.3 Test Certificates
15.3.1 Bidder shall be required to submit recent test certificates for the material being
used in works from the recognized laboratories. These certificates should
indicate all properties of the materials as required in relevant IS Standards or
International Standards.
15.3.2 Contractor shall also submit the test certificate with every batch of material
supplied which will be approved by Engineer-in-Charge. No secured advance will
be given for the materials not having test certificate. In case any test is to be
carried out, the same shall be got done in the approved laboratory at the cost of
contractor.
15.4 Third Party Inspection Agency
15.4.1 Contractor is required to employ Third party inspection agency (TPIA) for
inspection, witnessing tests and certification of works at Contractor’ s work
centers for procurement of line pipes, coating of line pipes, equipment
manufacturing, construction, etc. The owner shall approve the agency and it
shall not be same TPIA engaged by owner.
15.4.2 Owner reserves the right to employ his own TPIA as indicated in the subsequent
sections.
15.4.3 Owner will appoint an independent TPIA for construction of total pipeline.
15.4.4 Owner reserves the right to appoint agencies for quality surveyor lance during
the time of production and supply of major items.

PIPELINE PROJECT
15.4.5 GSPL reserves the rights of access for audit and inspection at Contractor, sub-
contractor / vendor’ s plants / work sites at any stage during the Project.
15.4.6 First day production and quality checks shall be carried out in presence of Owner
/ Owner’ s representatives.
15.4.7 EPC Contractor shall ensure that TPI inspectors have sufficient experience and
qualification to fulfill the inspection of specified items. EPC contractor shall
submit the CVs of proposed personnel before putting them on to the job. At
least not less than 3 (three) working days are to be given top GSPL for approval.
15.4.8 Inspection and test plans (ITP) are to be developed for all items of supply and
items of construction as per his QA/QC plan by Contractor and submit the same
to Owner for his review / approval within fifteen (15) days after award of work.
Owner will review the ITPs and approve the same for implementation in the
work.
All inspections and tests shall be made as required by the specifications forming
part of this contract. Contractor shall advise Owner/ Consultant in writing at least
10 days in advance of the date of final inspection/tests. Manufactures inspection
or testing certificates for equipment and materials supplied, may be considered for
acceptance at the discretion of Owner/ Consultant. All costs towards testing etc.
shall be borne by the contractor within their quoted rates. All inspection of various
items shall be carried out based on Quality Assurance Plan, which will be submitted
by the Contractor and duly approved by Owner/ Consultant.

APPENDIX-I
DESIGN BASIS
Gujarat State Petronet Limited
BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL & BASIC

ENGINEERING DESIGN BASIS
PADMALA – HALOL NATURAL GAS PIPELINE
12” NB – 37.23 KM PIPELINE FROM TAP-OFF

AT PADMALA IN 24” SERKHI – PADMALA PIPELINE
ENGINEERING DOCUMENT NO. MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001, R-4
(OIL & GAS SBU)

MECON LIMITED
DELHI
December, 2006
C:\Documents and Settings\GV _kavl\Desktop\GSPL_13.03.07\Design Basis - GSPL-0001-R-4.doc

OIL & GAS SBU DESIGN BASIS FOR 12” NB x
37.23 KM PIPELINE FROM
PADMALA TO HALOL
GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED MECON LTD., DELHI
TITLE BASIC ENGINEERING DESIGN BASIS ENGINEERING DOCUMENT NO. PAGE 1 of 22
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
CONTENTS
Sl.No. Description Page No.
1.0 BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL 2
2.0 DESIGN BASIS 8
2.1 INTRODUCTION 8
2.2 SCOPE 8
2.3 GAS COMPOSITION PARAMETER 8
2.4 STATIONS B/L CONDITIONS 9
2.5 PIPELINE PARAMETERS 9
2.6 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL 14
2.7 TERMINALS 17
2.8 SCADA FACILITY 18
2.9 LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM 18
2.10 TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM 19
2.11 ELECTRICAL 19
2.12 CIVIL/ STRUCTURE 20
2.13 SERVICES 20
2.14 LIST OF ASSUMPTIONS 21
3.0 LIST OF STANDARD 22
PREPARED BY CHECKED BY APPROVED BY
R.SHUKLA S.RAM D.G.MAJUMDER G.V. WALIMBE ( A.K. JOHRI )

1.0 BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL
C:\Documents and Settings\GV _kavl\Desktop\GSPL-23JT\Design Basis - GSPL-0001-RV1-GV.doc

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
1.0 BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL
1.1 M/s GSPL intend to lay a 12” NB x 37.23 km pipeline from Padamla tap-off near Baroda on
24” OD Baroda – Ahmedabad – Kalol pipeline. The proposed pipeline is approximately ~
37.23 km long and 12” NB and will transport ~ 1.5 MMSCMD intermingled RLNG & Natural
Gas from Padamla tap-off to Halol for distribution to domestic, automobile, commercial &
industrial consumers.
1.1.1 Detail of Existing Pipeline
The tap-off shall be taken from existing SV at Padmala on Baroda – Ahmedabad – Kalol
Pipeline.
Status of Pipeline : Under Operation

Length : ~134 km
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure : 95 bar (g)
1.1.2 Proposed Grid Line
The proposed new pipeline shall be originated from Padamla tap-off at Baroda –
Ahmedabad – Kalol Pipeline and shall be terminated at Halol. The new pipeline shall be of
12.75” OD and 37.23 km in length.
Basic objective of the new pipeline is to cater for the need of industrial, commercial &
automobile consumers in that area.
1.1.3 Details of Proposed Pipeline
Line Size 12” NB :

Length, in km ~ 37.23 :
Pipe Specification :
ERW, API 5L Gr. X-65, PSL-2
Thickness :
6.4mm, 7.1mm & 8.7mm
Operating Pressure 50 bar(g) :
Maximum Allowance Operating Pressure 95 bar(g) :
External Coating 3-LPE :
Tap-off’s :
Five nos. of Tap-off (at 1.00 km,
11.42 km, 23.87 km, 37.23 km ) each
shall be originated from main line.
No. of SV Stations : One No.
Pig Launcher cum Receiver : At Sokhada
Pig Receiver cum Launcher : At Halol
Filtration : At Halol
Metering : At Halol
Let Down Unit : At Halol
*However, Filtration, Pressure Reduction & Metering system shall be supplied by
M/s GSPL as free issue items.

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
1.2 Pipeline and Facilities
The route of the proposed pipeline has been decided by M/s GSPL, the salient feature of
the pipeline routes is described in the civil, mechanical document. The entire pipeline
network has been divided into the following section.
1.2.1 Trunk Line
• Padamla to Halol (~ 37.23 km)
1.2.2 Tap-Off
• Tap-off I at Sokhada, Ch. 1.00 km

• Tap-off II for GIDC, Majusar at Ch. 11.42 km
• Tap-off III for GIDC, Savili at Ch. 23.87 km
• Future Tap-off IV for GIDC, Kalol at Ch. 37.23 km
• Future Tap-off V for ,Godhara at Ch. 37.23 km
1.2.3 Consumer Connection
• Receving Terminal at Ch. 37.23 km on 12” NB Padmala – Halol Pipeline to Halol

consumers through 12” NB pipeline.
1.2.4 Terminals
At following location pipeline terminals are provided.
• Tap-off : At Padamla
• Despatch Terminal : Sokhada
• Receipt Terminal : At Halol
• Tap-off Stations : At Sokhada ch. 1.00 km,
For GIDC, Manjusar at ch.11.42 km,
For GIDC Savili at ch. 23.87 km.
Tap-off shall be provided (Ch. 37.23 km), at
receiving terminal for GIDC, Kalol and for
Godhra.
1.2.5 Pipeline Design
Based on the optimization studies carried out the following design parameters have been
considered for Mechanical Design of Pipeline System.
Pipeline diameter :12” NB
Design Pressure, bar,g : 95

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
Design Temperature, °C : -20 to 65 (aboveground)

: 45 (buried)
Corrosion Allowance : 0.0 mm
Material of Construction : Carbon Steel
Based on above design parameters, pipeline wall thickness and grade have been
optimised and are indicated below :-
Pipeline Section Class Dia. (NB) API 5L W.T.

Location Grade
Padamla to Halol Class-II 12” NB X-65 6.4
(12” NB x 37.23 km) Class-III 12” NB X-65 7.1
Class-IV * 12” NB X-65 8.7
TOTAL
1.2.6 Pipeline Material
Pipeline & its appurtenances shall be provided with carbon steel material suitable for the
intended service as indicated above.
a) Line Pipe
ERW, Line pipe shall confirm to API Specification 5L, PSL-2 Quality. The grade of line
pipe shall be API 5L Gr. X-65 as indicated above. Pipe wall thickness shall confirm to
ASME B31.8 and shall also meet the requirement of OISD 141. At river crossing higher
wall thickness shall be used.
b) Pipeline Fitting and Flanges
All pipeline materials such as pipe, valves, flanges and fittings etc. shall be of class
600#.
c) Mainline Valves/ Station Valves
All mainline valves/ station valves are full bore type and designed as per API 6D and API
6FA/ API 607 fire safe design requirements.
All mainline valves shall be double block & bleed type, double piston effect for low
temperature services. First isolation valve in mainline shall be butt welded type. All
mainline valves including launcher & receiver valves are gas operated and have body
material conforming to LF2.
d) Flanges, Terminal Pipes & Fittings

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
All aboveground piping system shall be of low temperature seamless pipes of equivalent
grade to match 600# pressure and temperature rating. All fittings shall conform to ANSI
600# and low temperature application.
e) Ball Valves
All ball valves for terminals shall be full bore type. TMBV underground ball valve shall have
welded configuration and aboveground station valves can be a bolted configuration.
f) Flow Tees
All branch connection on the main line which are greater than 40% of mainline would be
provided with flow tees to allow smooth passage of pigs. Flow tees material would be
same as that of line pipe.
g) Insulating Joint
Insulating joints would be provided at transition point of aboveground & underground

portion of pipeline for electrical isolation. These will be mono-block type suitable for both
above/ underground installation.
h) Sectionalizing Valve / Station Block Valves
Sectionalizing Valve and station block valves shall be gas actuated. All Sectionalising
Valve shall have provision for remote operation (ROV). Sectionalising Valve shall be
buried and provided with stem extension. Mainline valve shall be full bore type ball
valves, to allow smooth passage of scrappers or pigs through them. All other valves
used in terminals shall also be full bore ball valves. These valves shall conform to API
6D.
i) Scrapper Traps
By directional scrapper receiver/ launcher shall be provided in Dispatch and Receiving

Terminal for facilitating intelligent pigging and cleaning pigging. Scrapper traps shall be
designed as per ASME B31.8 ASME SEC VIII, Div. 1,2004. The material of scrapper
traps shall be compatible with line pipe material. Design factor and corrosion allowance
for designing scrapper traps shall be considered as 0.5 and 3mm respectively.
j) LR Bends
Cold field bends shall be in accordance with codes but in no case with a radius below 40
times diameters.
Induction bend shall only be used where ever space constraint is there. However at
stations it can be used.
6D bends shall be acceptable only in mainline stations.

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
k) Gas Chromatograph
Gas Chromatograph shall be installed in Distribution cum Receipt Terminal to measured

gas composition, gas gross heating valve, specific gravity. Gas composition shall be used
for calculating the energy flow in flow computers.
l) SCADA
Foxboro make C-50 RTU shall be installed at despatch, SV’s & Receiving Station & Terminal
at the end of Spurlines. However M/s GSPL shall finalize all SCADA equipment shall be free
issue item to contractor & scheme.
m) Telecom System
OFC based telecom system shall be provided 24 fiber unarmored OFC shall be laid in self-
lubricated in φ 40mm / 50mm HDPE conduit. At crossing a spare φ 40mm / 50mm HDPE
conduit shall be laid in 6” casing pipeline. Telecom system shall comprise of minimum
STM-1 equipment at each station, SVs & tap-off points. Telecom equipment shall be free
issue item to contractor & scheme shall be finalized by M/s GSPL.
1.2.7 Corrosion Coating
The selected corrosion coating shall be suitable for the temperature range specified in
the process design basis.
It is proposed to provide corrosion protection of the buried pipeline using 3-Layer Side
Extruded Polyethylene (PE) Coating for the pipeline. The minimum total thickness of
3LPE Coating shall be as given below :-
For pipe size (OD) 12.75” - Minimum 3.2mm
Field weld joints shall be coated with heat shrinkable sleeves or cold applied taps. In
addition to the corrosion coating, the entire buried portion of the pipeline system shall
be provided with cathodic protection system. No internal coating shall be provided.
1.3 Pipeline Construction
Pipeline and associated facilities shall be constructed in accordance with ASME B31.8 and
other applicable standards. The pipeline shall be laid underground with minimum 1(one)
meter cover. Additional cover, wherever required, shall be provided in accordance with
OISD 141.
Welding shall be carried out as per API 1104. All welds shall be 100% radiographed.
After the installation is completed, the entire pipeline shall be hydrostatically tested. The
hydrostatic test pressure at any test section shall 1.25 – 1.4 times the design pressure
for respective class location. The maximum hydrostatic test pressure at any location in

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
the pipeline during testing shall be not exceed the pressure required to produce hoop
stress equal to 95% SMYS of pipe material. The test duration shall be 24 hours for
pipeline. Despatch/ Receipt Terminals as well as other intermediate facilities shall also
be tested at 1.4 times the design pressure. The test duration shall be 6 hours.
1.4 CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY
1.4.1 Main Pipeline
In case of soft soil, conventional trenching and backfilling can be considered for laying of
pipeline.
In case of sub surface encountered being weathered rock, a minimum of 150mm thick
layer of soft back-fill material shall be provided all around the pipeline prior to back-
filling the trench with excavated material. Where blasting can not be carried out due to
close proximity of existing facilities, mechanical equipment for rock excavation can be
used. Conventional trenching and back-filling using trenching machine has been
considered for laying of the pipeline in the soft soil areas other than described
above.
The type of corrosion coating selected (PE) for the pipeline has adequate mechanical
properties to withstand the hard surface features. A typical cover of one (1) meter over
the top of pipeline is considered.

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
Pipeline Crossings
a) Rail
Boring method shall cross railway lines. Approval of designs and construction
methodology shall be obtained from concerned railway authorities. Pipeline at
railway crossing shall be provided with casing pipe. The carrier pipe shall be
installed inside casing pipe. The casing pipe shall be three nominal sizes larger than
carrier pipe. The minimum clear cover at the crossing above top of pipeline shall be
1.7mm. The crossing angle shall be as close to 90° as possible. The railway
crossing shall comply with the requirement of API 1102 and Indian Railway
authorities.
Casing insulator and seals shall be provided to isolate carrier and casing pipes.
b) Road & Canal
Road crossing shall comply with the requirement of API 1102 and requirements
of the concerned road authorities. Pipeline at National Highways and State
Highways Crossing (wherever required) shall be provided with the casing pipe.
Metalled roads other than the national highways and state highways shall be
crossed by open cut method. However at locations where it is not possible to
cross the road by open cut method boring/ jacking method shall be used. No
casing pipe shall be considered at such locations. All the cart tracks crossings
shall be carried out by open cut method. The road crossing shall be provided
with minimum cover of 1.2mm measured from top of the carrier pipe.
Irrigation land canals shall be crossed by boring method wherever required by

the statutory authorities. All other minor canals and nulls crossings shall be
carried out with conventional open cut method unless directed other-wise by
concerned authorities. The canal crossings and other water crossing shall be
provided with a minimum clear cover of 1.5m.
c) River Crossing
All rivers crossing are proposed to be crossed by conventional open cut method
except for the rivers specifically proposed to be crossed by HDD Method.
Pipeline shall be installed approx. 1.5m (for rocky) / 2.5m (for normal soil) below
the lowest bed level. Lowest bed level shall be calculated after giving due
consideration to scour depth of such water crossings. The line pipe shall be
concrete coated, if required to sufficient negative buoyancy.
At all major crossing two nos. of HDPE conduits shall be laid in steel casing pipe
to take care of future requirement.

2.0 DESIGN BASIS

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
2.0 DESIGN BASIS
2.1 INTRODUCTION
M/s GSPL proposes to lay 12” NB and 37.23 km long pipeline from Padamla Tap-off for
supplying 1.50 MMSCMD Natural Gas to industrial consumers in Halol and nearby areas.
2.2 SCOPE
• 12” NB x ~ 37.23 km pipeline from tap-off at Padmala to Halol.

• Despatch Terminal at Sokhada
• Tap-off-I : Tap-off point at Sokhada ch. 1.00 km on mainline .
• Tap-off-II : Tap-off point at ch. 11.42 km on mainline (12” NB Padmala – Halol
Pipeline) to GIDC, Manjusar.
• Tap-off-III : Tap-off point at ch. 23.87 km on mainline (12” NB Padmala – Halol
Pipeline) for GIDC, Savili.
• SV Station at ch. 23.87 km.
• Future Tap-off-IV : Future Tap-off-IV at ch. 37.23 km on mainline (12” NB Padmala
– Halol Pipeline) for GIDC, Kalol.
• Future Tap-off V : Future Tap-off V at ch. 37.23 km on mainline (12” NB Padmala –
Halol Pipeline) for Godhara
• Gas Distribution/ Receipt Terminal at Halol at ch. 37.23 km.
• TCP & Impressed Current Permanent Cathodic Protection System.
• Optical Fiber Cable Laying, Jointing & temperature
• SCADA & Telecom System (scheme shall be decided by M/s GSPL based on In-
house engineering). All SCADA & Telecom equipment shall be supplied as a free
issue item to contractor.
2.3 GAS COMPOSITION/ PARAMETER
Components Mol%
C1 : 89.68
C2 : 6.34
C3 : 2.49
i-C4 : 0.48
n-C4 : 0.59
i-C5 : 0.040
n-C5 : 0.040
C6+ : 0.0
N2 : 0.34
CO2 : 0
Gas Quality : Dry Gas
Specific Gravity : 0.62
MW : 18.17
3
Calorific Value, MJ/Sm Gross :41.65
PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
3
Calorific Value, MJ/Sm Net : 37.86
2.4 STATIONS B/L CONDITIONS
2
Gas Pressure, kg/cm g (at Tap-off) : 50 bar
Aboveground Temperature, °C : 5°C (Minimum)
Aboveground Temperature, °C : 50°C (Maximum)
Sub Soil Temperature, °C : 20°C (Minimum) – GSPL to Confirm
Sub Soil Temperature, °C : 25°C (Maximum) – GSPL to Confirm
2.5 PIPELINE PARAMETERS
2.5.1 Pipeline Details
Mainline
Section : Padamla – Halol

Length of Pipeline : ~ 37.23 km
Flow Rate, MMSCMD : 1.5 MMSCMD
Pipeline Diameter : 12” NB
Pipeline Thickness : 6.4mm, 7.1mm & 8.7mm
Material : API 5L (ERW)
Corrosion Allowance : Nil
2.5.2 Pipeline Design Parameters
Pipeline Operating Life : 40 Years

Onstream Days/ Year : 365
Pipeline Diameter : 12” NB
Pipeline Length : 37.23 km
Design Code : ANSI/ ASME B31.8 (latest edition)
Pipeline Laying : Buried
Sub-Soil Temperature : 20 - 25°C through out the entire length of
pipeline (1.0m below ground)
2
2.5.3 Design Pressure, kg/cm (g)
U/S of Pressure Control Valve : 95 bar(g)

D/S of Pressure Control Valve : 49 bar(g)
2.5.4 Design Temperature, °C
Buried : -20°C to 45°C

Above ground : -20°C to 60°C

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
2.5.5 Design Margin
On Gas Flow : Nil [50 bar(g) Inlet Pressure]

On Pipe Length : Nil
2.5.6 Operating Conditions at Tap-off-I & Dispatch Terminal
Pressure : 50 bar(g)
Temperature, °C : 5 to 50°C
Gas Flow, MMSCMD : 1.5
2.5.7 Operating Conditions at Tap-off-II, Ch. 11.42 km

2
Pressure, kg/cm (g) : 49.50
2.5.8 Operating Conditions at Tap-off-III, Ch. 23.87 km

2
Pressure, kg/cm g : 46.5
2.5.9 Delivery Conditions at Receiving end ch. 37.23 km

2
Pressure, kg/cm g : 40 - 50
Temperature, °C : 5 – 50
2.5.10 Pipeline External Corrosion Protection
To protect pipeline from external corrosion three layers of polyethylene coating will be
provided, the minimum thickness of coating shall be 3.2mm. This include 180 micron
thickness of epoxy, adhesive thickness of 200 micron.
Design basis for cathodic protection system has been attached as Appendix I
2.5.11 Pig Launching & Receiving Facility
For effective maintenance of pipeline, pig launching & receiving facilities will be provided
at the ends of pipeline that is at Sokhada despatch terminal & Halol Receiving Terminal.
Provision shall be kept for intelligent pigging.

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
2.5.12 Flow Tees
All branch connection on the main line which are greater than 40% of mainline would be
provided with flow tees to allow smooth passage of pigs. Flow tees material would be
same as that of line pipe.
2.5.13 Insulating Joint
Insulating joints would be provided at transition point of aboveground & underground

portion of pipeline for electrical isolation. These will be mono-block type suitable for both
above/ underground installation.
2.6 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL SYSTEM
2.6.1 Instrumentation & control system will be provided for safe reliable and efficient control of
natural gas transportation in pipeline. For this purpose, microprocessor based electronic
instruments having 4-20 mA DC current signal as input/output have been envisaged. The
basic function of the instrumentation system shall be to monitor and control of natural gas
parameters viz , pressure , temperature, flow, % of LEL, Actuated Valve’s status , pig
signaling , gas analysis, etc as indicated in the P&ID diagram. Instrumentation for
measurement of control will be combination of both local and remote operation from the
control room.
a) Despatch Terminal at Sokhada
One control panel shall be provided in Despatch Terminal at Sokhada. Control panel shall be
used for mentoring of inlet pressure, temperature, pig signaling, LEL detection system and
actuated valve’s, status indication & control. Fire gas alarm system shall be provided.
Provision shall be kept to hook-up all parameters with SCADA through RTU.
However the SCADA System including RTU shall be finalized by M/S GSPL and shall be
executed by other contractors.
(b) SV Station & Tap-off-III
One control panel shall be provided in SV-I for pressure, temperature indication, actuated
valve’s status indication & control. Provision shall be kept to hook-up all parameters with
SCADA through RTU.
(c) Gas Distribution cum Receipt Terminal
Control panel shall be provided in gas distribution cum receipt terminal. Control panel shall
be used for indication of inlet/ outlet pressure, temperature, differential pressure indication
across cartridge filter, pig signaling, LEL detection, actuated valve’s status indication, outlet
flow, status indication of Pressure Control Valve, Slam Shut Valve, and inputs from Flow
Computers. Provision shall be kept to hook-up all parameters including TR Unit on-line data

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
with SCADA through RTU. However the SCADA System including RTU shall be finalized by
M/S GSPL and shall be executed by other contractors.
Fire & Gas Alarm System and CO2 Flooding System shall also be provided in all control
rooms.
2.6.2 The design shall employ the latest technology of proven capabilities. The selection of
equipment shall be such as to offer flexibility for future modification and expansion
without affecting the system reliability.
2.6.3 All instruments shall be capable of operating for the specified turndown conditions. All
instruments unless otherwise specified, shall be electronic type. However, final control
element shall be pneumatically operated.
2.6.4 The type of instrument as specified in the Instrument Data Sheet shall be invariably
selected unless the vendor has valid technical reasons for proposing a change. Any
deviation on the type of instrument from the data sheet shall be specifically highlighted
with technical reason and approval sought from MECON/GSPL. Contractor to note that
the ultimate responsibility to select the particular instrument to suit process conditions
shall be Contractor’s responsibility.
2.6.5 All safety shutdown and interlocks shall be carried out using electromagnetic relays.
2.6.6 All field instruments, junction boxes and cable glands shall be certified for use in
hazardous area as per area classification mentioned elsewhere in the tender document.
The Instrumentation shall be certified intrinsically safe in general, as per IEC-79.
However, field switches, solenoid valves shall be certified flameproof for use in classified
area as applicable (IS-2148/ IEC-79). Moreover, all field instruments junction boxes,
cable glands shall be weather proof to NEMA-4 / IP 55 as per IS:2147 / IEC-529 and
explosion proof/ flame proof to NEMA-7 or equivalent IS Standard.
2.6.7 The philosophy of power supplies for Instrumentation purposes are as follows :-
i) 230 VAC, 50 Hz , UPS for Min incoming power supply to control panel.
ii) 24 VDC (Dual redundant) for panel mounted instrument, field transmitters,
solenoid valve LEL gas detectors and interlock based relay systems.
iii) 230 VAC , 50 HZ , non-UPS for panel lighting, electrical heat tracing.
2.6.8 Isolated 230V AC @50 Hz, 24V DC and its distribution within the battery limits including
UPS and battery backup shall be Contractor’s responsibility. AC distribution board and DC
distribution board shall be provided in control room with suitable isolator for each feeder.
2.6.9 All open and close loops shall have an individual MCB in the panel for isolating the field
instruments for maintenance (i.e. for field switches, transmitters, SOV, Control Valve
etc.)

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
2.6.10 The design and installation of instruments shall be generally in accordance with ISA /
API recommended practices and other applicable standards like ASI, IBR etc. Material
specifications and practices shall, in general, conform to appropriate ASTM or equivalent
standards. All standards, code of practice shall be of the latest edition.
2.6.11 All instruments and equipments shall be suitable for use in hot, humid and tropical
industrial climate in which corrosive gases and/ or chemicals may be present. As a
minimum, all instruments and enclosures in field shall be dust proof, weather proof to
NEMA 4 (IP 55) and secure against the ingress of fumes, damages, insects and vermin.
All external surfaces shall be suitably treated to provide anti corrosion protection against
plant atmosphere.
2.6.12 Materials of construction of instruments shall be consistent with temperature, pressure,

corrosion conditions and other process requirements. In case where suitable material
procurement is not feasible, diaphragm seal shall be provided.
2.6.13 Ranges for instruments shall be selected, in general, such that in normal process
operation the indication on the indicator or chart is between 40% to 60% of span for
linear scale and 60% to 80% of span for square root scale.
2.6.14 The complete instrument system shall be designed for safe operation, by using normally
contacts which open on fault conditions.
2.6.15 The design of the alarm annunciation system shall be such that the transient alarms of
less than 330 milli seconds duration shall be automatically discounted.
2.6.16 All lamps on control panels shall be provided with lamp test facility
2.6.17 All process switches shall be provided with DPDT (two nos.) switches with contact rating,
as a minimum of 110V, 0.5 A DC or 230 V 5.0 Amp (Inductive) AC as applicable. For all
field switches (except limit switches), differential of switch shall be less than 40% of
difference between set value & normal operating value.
2.6.18 Control valve sizing formula shall, in general, be as per ISA 75.01. Control valves shall be
sized for the available pressure drop at normal flow and in addition shall permit upto
150% of normal flow or 110% of the maximum flow, whichever is higher. Vendor shall
submit the sizing calculations for all control valves.
2.6.19 All transmitters shall be of SMART type provided with in-built output meter/ output
gauge at the transmitter end.
2.6.20 All solenoid valves shall be of three way “universal “ type and continuous rated type.

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
2.7 TERMINALS
To supply gas to consumers. The following station has been envisaged.

a) Despatch Terminal at Sokhada
b) Gas Distribution Terminal at Halol
c) Sectionalising Valve Station
d) Tap-off-I at a chainage of 1.00 km.
e) Tap-off-II at a chainage of 11.42 km for GIDC, Manjusar
f) Tap-off-III at a chainage of 23.87 km for GIDC, Savili
g) Future Tap-off-V at chainage of 37.23 km for GIDC, Kalol
h) Future Tap-off-VI at chainage of 37.23 km for Godhara
2.7.1 Dispatch Terminal at Padamla
A 12” NB tap-off available at Padamla shall be used to supply gas. The despatch
terminal at Sokhada will have following facilities.
1. Scrapper Launcher cum Receiver (16” x 12” NB) – 1 No.

2. Local & panel mounted instruments such as PT, TG & Pig Signalers, GoV Valves
Operation.
3. Control Panel
4. Civil Building
5. DG Set
6. LEL Detection System
7. F&G Alarm
2.7.2 Sectionalising Block Valve-I
2.7.2.1 A sectionalising valve will be provided at a distance of 23.87 km from dispatch terminal for
shut down of the pipeline. SV-1 gas over-oil valves shall be made remoteopera table from
SCADA Control Room. However SCADA & RTU shall not be in EPC contractor scope.
2.7.2.1.1 Mode of Operation

Sectionalising valve : GoV (Gas over-oil type)
Bypass/ blow down valve : Manual
2.7.3 Terminal
After despatch terminal gas flow through the pipeline will be distributed through Gas
Distribution/ Receipt Terminal at Halol. The following facilities have been envisaged at
Receiving Terminal.
1. Scrapper Receiver cum Launcher with pig signaler (16” x 12” NB) – 1 No.
2. Control Panel
3. Control Room Building
4. LEL Detection System
5. F&G Alarm
Metering skid (Free issue, supplied by M/s GSPL)

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
2.8 SCADA FACILITY
The purpose of SCADA System is to ensure effective and reliable control, management &
supervision of the pipeline from centralized location using remote terminal units located
along the pipeline at suitable locations.
Central SCADA control centre will be interlocked through Optical Fiber Cable (OFC) link with
Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) located along the pipeline. The following pipeline facilities
have been considered for telemetry operation.
i) Despatch terminal
ii) Sectionalising Valve Station SV-1
iii) Gas Distribution Terminal at Halol .
iv) Pipeline and skid mounted terminal for industrial consumer at Manjusar, Savili and
Receiving Terminal at Halol. However Metering Skid shall be free use item to
EPC contractor.
RTU’s have been envisaged in the future for SCADA system covering the requirements of
above mentioned points. The RTU shall be integrated with SCADA Master Stations by M/s
GSPL. The RTU’s will be used for scanning and telemetering of pipeline parameters such as
flow , temperature , pressure, valve status, scraper pig signaling ,density, CP parameters etc
to update the main computer database for monitoring the entire pipeline operation. The
SCADA system will also be used for remote operation and monitoring of sectionalized valve.
However, the future SCADA system including RTU shall be finalized by M/s GSPL and
executed by other contractor.
2.9 LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM
2.9.1 IR Based Gas Detection System
IR based detection system having adequate nos. of fixed gas detectors at various critical
locations in the Receiving Terminal shall be provided for continuous monitoring of
hydrocarbon level in the air in the proximity of filtration, pressure reduction & metering unit,
piping etc. the basis of location for the same shall be based on wind direction, gas
component density and coverage of gas detections in Receiving Terminal & same shall be
integrated with SCADA, RTU through serial communication.
The panel (completely wired) for housing the monitor/ controller for gas detectors with
relays, hooters/ annunciators indicating the location shall be provided in the control room.
The single channel monitor to be used with two channels as spare. The gas detection
system shall give high gas alarm on 20% low explosion level (LEL) and very high gas alarm
of 40% LEL detection in the gas detectors. One no. of calibration kit complete with
calibration gas cylinders for gas detector calibration shall be provided. in each
station/terminal.

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
2.9.2 Fire and Gas Alarm System
Suitable fire and gas detection system for control room and field area are to be provided,
with receiver instruments in control room with separate alarm.
The supply shall include fire detectors, monitor/ controllers, and enunciators in fire panel to
be placed in the control room (CR).
The fire and gas detector layout shall cover the entire plant area system following NFPA-72
standard. Develop the detailed layout and same will be finalized during detailed
engineering.
The location & type of fire and gas detection system to be provided in different areas is as
follows:-
Type Location (Typical)

Fixed type thermal detectors Control room
Manual call point/ break glass Exit doors of the building in Receiving Terminal.
All the connections for fire/ gas/ smoke detection system will lead for annunciation to the
fire panel to be placed in the control room. The receiver instrument will be placed in the
control room.
2.10 TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
To facilitate proper operational and management control of the pipeline, a reliable and
dedicated Telecommunication System is proposed to be setup in future connecting the
various attended and unattended stations along the pipelines. At present only Optical fiber
cable shall be laid in HDPE Duct along with the pipeline
The future Communication System proposed will provide for remote operation of SV-I along
the pipeline along with communication amongst other attended stations. The system will
also provide for voice communication from unmanned stations to the attended stations and
also remote monitoring of the cathodic protection. STM-1 equipment shall be installed at
each station/ tap-off points in future. However, the future Telecommunication System
including STM equipments shall be finalized by M/s GSPL and executed by other Contractor.
2.11 ELECTRICAL
2.11 Design basis for Electrical has been attached as Appendix II
2.12 CIVIL/ STRUCTURE
Control room building to be provided in following stations.

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
i) Dispatch Terminal
ii) SV Station & Tap-off-III
iii) Receiving Terminal
For detail of control room building refer civil design basis.
• Bore well shall be provided in each station (such as Dispatch, SV, Tap-off and
Receipt Terminal).
• Boundary wall with gate shall be provided in Dispatch, SV & Receipt Terminal while
in tap-off only fencing with gates are to be provided.
• Civil work such as pavement, pipes support & equipment foundation in Dispatch, SV,
tap-off and receipt terminal.
Detail design basis for Civil/Structural has been attached as Appendix III
2.13 SERVICES
2.13.1 Air conditioners (Split and Window) will be provided in control room shift-in-charge room
and SCADA & Telecom room in Dispatch, Receiving Terminal and in control SV and tap-off
Stations control room.
2.13.2 Portable fire extinguisher will be provided.
2.13.3 Utility Requirement
The requirement of utilities to GSPL terminal at following technical parameters as per

requirement.
2.13.3.2 Power Supply *
a) Source & Battery Limit : M/s GSPL to Indicate (*)

b) Incoming Electric Power : 415 V/ 50 HZ/ 3 Phase + Neutral
c) No. of Feeders :
d) Emergency Power :
* Power supply for critical services such as Instrument/ Telecom/ SCADA &
Control Panel and total for non-critical services shall be furnished by MECON
during detail engineering.
2.13.4 Fire Fighting Facilities
It has been considered that fire fighting facilities such as static fire fighting equipment such
as DCP type fire extinguisher at station will be provided to cover the pipeline facilities at the
despatch station SV, tap-off and Receiving Terminal.

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
2.14 LIST OF ASSUMPTIONS
2.14.1 The total route length shall be decided based on survey drawings.
2.14.2 No instrumentation, plant air shall be available. However, instruments shall be gas operated
only.
2.14.3 An existing plot of 105m x 70m is provided as indicated by GSPL at Dispatch Terminal at
Sokhada.
The plot sizes considered for different locations are as follows :–
i) Tap –off I at Padmala - 56mx121m

i) Despatch terminal (with building) - 105X70 m
ii) Tap-off Point-II (without building) - 40m x 40m
iii) SV-1 / Tap-off Point-III (with building) - 100m x 60m
iv) Receipt Terminal (With Building) - 60m x 60m

3.0 LIST OF STANDARDS

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
3.0 LIST OF STANDARD
3.1 Pipeline Codes and Standards
a) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
ASME B31.8 :
Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping System
ASME B16.25 :
Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping System
ASME B16.9 :
Factory – Made Wrought Iron Steel Butt-Welding Fittings
ASME B31.3 Process Piping :
ASME B31.4 :
Pipeline Transportation System for Liquid Hydrocarbons and
others
ASME B16.5 : Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ASME B16.9 : Factory Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings
ASME B16.10 : Face to Face and End to End – Dimensions of Valves
ASME B16.11 : Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded
ASME B16.20 : Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges – Ring Joint, Spiral Wound
and Jacketed.
ASME B16.21 : Non-Metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
ASME B16.25 : Butt Welding Ends
ASME B16.28 : Wrought Steel Butt Welding Short Radius Elbows
ASME B16.34 : Valves – Flanged, Threaded & Welding Ends
ASME B16.36 : Orifice Flanges
ASME B16.47 Series “A” : Large Diameter Steel Flanges NPS 26 through NPS 60
ASME B18.2.1 : Square and Hex. Bolts and Screws
ASME B18.2.2 : Square and Hex. Nuts
ASME B31.3 : Process Piping
ASME B36.10M : Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe
ASME Boiler & Pressure : Section-IX – Qualification standard for welding and Brazing
Vessel Code procedures, welders, brazes, and welding and brazing
operators
ASME Boiler & Pressure : Part C – Specifications for Welding Rods, Electrodes, and
Vessel Code-II Filter Metals
ASME Boiler & Pressure : Section-V, Nondestructive Examination Vessel Code
ASME Boiler & Pressure : Section-II Materials Part A – Ferrous Materials Specifications
Vessel Code
b) American Petroleum Institute (API)
API Spec 5L : Specification for Line Pipe

API RP 1102 : Recommended Practice for Liquid Petroleum Pipelines Crossing
Railroads and Highways
API Std 1104 : Standard for Welding Pipeline and Related Facilities

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
API RP 1110 : Recommended Practice for the Pressure Testing of Liquid

Petroleum Pipelines
API Std 607 : Fire Test for Soft Seated Quarter Turn Valves
API RP 500 : Recommended practice for classification of locations of
Electrical installations at Petroleum Facilities classified as Class
I, Div. 1 and 2.
Spec 6FA : Specification for Fire Test for Valves
STD 590 : Steel Line Blanks
STD 594 : Check Valves, Wafer, Wafer Lug and Double Flanged Type
STD 598 : Valve Inspection and Testing
STD 600 : Steel Gate Valves Flanged or Butt Welding Ends, Bolted and
Pressure Seal Bonnets
STD 602 : Compact Steel Gate Valves – Flanged, Threaded, Welding and
Extended Body Ends.
STD 607 : Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves
c) British Standard Institute
BS1868 : Steel Check Valve (Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends) for

Petroleum, Petro-Chemical and Allied Industries
BS1873 : Steel Globe, Globe Stop and Check Valves (Flanged and Butt
Welding Ends) for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied
Industries
BS5154 : Copper Alloy Globe, Globe Stop and Check, Check and Gate
Valves
BS5351 : Steel Ball Valves for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied
Industries
BS5352 : Steel Wedge Gate, Globe and Check Valves 50mm and Smaller
for Petroleum, Petro-Chemical and Allied Industries
BS6755 Part-I : Testing of Valves Part-1 : Production Pressure Testing
Requirements
BS6755 Part-2 : Testing of Valves Part-2 : Specification for Fire Type Testing
Requirements.
EN 288-9 : Specification and approval of welding procedures for metallic

materials – part 9. Welding procedure test for pipeline welding
on land and offshore site butt welding of transmission pipeline
NDB EN 1594 : Gas supply systems – pipeline for maximum operating pressure
over 16 bar – Functional requirements
NBN EN 10208-2 : Steel pipes for pipelines for combustible fluids – Technical
delivery conditions - Part 2
ISO-15590-1 : International Standard for Petroleum and natural gas industries
– Induction bends, fittings and flanges for pipeline
transportation systems
DIN 30672 : Coatings of corrosion protection tapes and heat-shrinking
products for pipelines for operational temperatures up to 50°C

PADMALA TO HALOL
MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4
st
SEL 072 – 1 Edition : Ultrasonically tested heavy plate
DIN 20670 : Polyethylene coatings for steel pipes and fittings
DIN 2413 Part-II : Design of steel bends used in pressure pipelines
ISO/TR 5168 : Measurement of fluid flow-Evaluation of uncertainties
d) Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD Standards)
OISD-GDN-115 :
Guidelines on Fire Fighting, Equipment and appliances in
Petroleum Industry
Fire Protection Manual : Fire Engines, Trailer Pumps and Hydrant Systems
- TAC
OISD-Standard-141 : Design and construction requirements for cross country
hydrocarbon pipelines
OISD-Standard-118 : Layouts for oil and gas installations
e) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
ASTM A82 : Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement
ASTM A185 : Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM E92 : Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness Testing of Metallic
Materials
ASTM E94 : Standard Practice for Radiographic Testing
ASTM E165 : Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method
ASTM E709 : Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examinations
f) MSS Standard Practices
MSS SP 75 : Specification for High Test Wrought Welding Fittings
g) Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)
MSS-SP-6 : Standard Finishes for Contact Faces

MSS-SP-9 : Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges
MSS-SP-25 : Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and
Union

APPENDIX-II
DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICAL

ITEMS ETC.
PIPELINE PROJECT
LIST OF DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS
Sl. No. Description Data Sheet No.
1. LONG RADIUS BENDS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-015-1 R-0
2. FLOW TEE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS/011-01, R-0
3. FLOW TEE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS/011-02, R-0
4. INSULATING JOINTS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-01, R-0
5. INSULATING JOINTS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-02, R-0
6. INSULATING JOINTS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-03 R-0
7. INSULATING JOINTS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-04 R-0
8. PRESSURE SAFETY VALVES MEC/23JT/05/21/DS/PSV-001, R-1
9. BALL VALVES (NB<2”) MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV-001, R-1

BALL VALVES (NB>2”) MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV-002, R-1
BALL VALVES (NB>2”) MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV-006A, R-0
BALL VALVES (NB>2”) MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV-008A, R-0
10. GLOBE VALVE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-001, R-1
11. GLOBE VALVE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-002, R-1
12. GLOBE VALVE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-002A, R-0
13. CHECK VALVE MEC/23JT/05/21/DS/VC-01, R-1
13. i) SCRAPPER TRAP MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/SL-0001/0002, R-1
ii) PIG SIGNALLER MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS-001
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\list of data sheet IB of V.doc

PIPELINE PROJECT
INSTRUMENTATION - DATA SHEETS
SR.
INSTRUMENT DATA SHEET NO. REV
NO.
1 Pressure Gauge MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PG 1
2 Pressure Transmitter MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PT 1
3 Temperature Transmitter MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-TT 1
4 Resistance Temperature Detector MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-RTD 1
5 Differential Pressure Switch MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-DPS 1

6 LEL Gas Detection System MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-LEL 1
7 Control Panel MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-CP 1
8 Indicator MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-IND 1
9 Signal Distributor MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-SDC 1
10 Zener Barrier MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ZB 1

11 Alarm Annunciator MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ANN 1
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\list of data sheet IB of V.doc

DATA SHEET FOR LONG RADIUS BENDS
1) LR BEND MFR. :
2) PURCHASER SPECIFICATION NO. : MEC/TS/05/62/015 Rev 01
3) MANUFACTURING CODE : MSS-SP-75
4) DIMENSIONAL TESTING : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.
5) DESTRUCTIVE TESTING : REQUIRED AT (-) 20 0C CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2 / CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm2
(TENSILE / CHARPY /HARDNESS) : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.
6) NON-DESTRUCTUVE TESTING : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.
7) PIGGING : REQUIRED AS PER NOTE NO.3
8) HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE : 142.5 bar (g)
TABLE-I
Sl. Details of P/L material Bend End Type Qty. Angle Strainght Pipe length reqd. to
No. NB Thk. Material Radius (Nos.) Length fabricate the bend
mm (R) after m/ bend Total
curvature @ length
(mm) ' (m) @
CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR TO CONTRACTOR

1. 12" API 5L Gr X - 65 6D BW 500 mm
TO INDICATE INDICATE TO INDICATE
TABLE-II
Pipe length required for fabrication of bends

NB x Thk. (mm) @Total Length @Total Nos. of double
(m) random length of pipe
From Table-I (11.5 to 12.5m length) required
12 x Thk.
* = "D" - denotes nominal dia. of pipe

BE = Bevel End
@ = Vendor to indicate
' = Straight length after curvature will be minimum 300mm.
Note:
1) Test Bend shall be of 90°
2) Quantity & angles of LR Bends shall be finalized during detailed engineering activities
3) A check shall be performed on each bend by passing gauging pig consisting of two discs having a diameter equal to 95% of the nominal
internal diameter of the pipe, connected rigidly together at a distance equal to 300mm. Details of the gauging pig, including its dimensions
shall be approved by Purchaser.
REV. NO. DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY APPRD

REVISIONS REFERENCES DRG. NO.
SECTION PROCESS & PIPING CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED
NAME DATE CHKD DATE MECON LIMITED

DSGN PROJECT : PADAMLA - HALAOL NATURAL GAS
DRWN PIPELINE PROJECT OF GSPL IN GUJARAT
SCALE : REV
APPROVED A.K.JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002//0001/DS-015-1 0
LONG RADIUS BENDS
TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Copy of DATA SHEET-LRB-015 GSPL REV-1LRB

DATA SHEET FOR FLOW TEES
DESIGN DATA
1. FLOW TEE MFR. :
2. PURCHASER'S SPECIFICATION NO : MEC/TS/05/62/011
3. RATING : 600#
4. DESIGN PRESSURE : 95 bar(g)
5. DESIGN TEMPERATURE : -20 to 60°C
6. SERVICE : R-LNG
7. CORROSION ALLOWANCE : 1.5 MM
8. SIZE NB (INCHES) : 12 X 12 X12
9. END CONNECTION : BUTT-WELD AT BOTH ENDS
10. DESIGN CODE : ASME B31.8
11. DESIGN FACTOR : 0.5
12. HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE : 142.5 bar(g)
13. CHARPY TEST : REQUIRED AT (-) 200C, CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2 / CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm 2
14. HARDNESS TEST : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.
15 SUITABILITY OF FLOW TEE : FOR PIGS AND SPHERES
16 FLOW DIRECTION : BI - DIRECTIONAL
17 MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
(EQUIVALENT OR SUPERIOR)
A) TEE : MSS-SP-75 WPHY-65
B) END PIECES : ASTM A 694 F-65
C) INTERNAL SLEEVE : API 5L Gr. B
18 CONNECTING PIPE SPECIFICATION

SL. NO. TAG NO. RUN PIPE DETAILS BRANCH PIPE DETAILS Qty.
D1 THK. MATERIALS D2 THK. MATERIALS Nos.
NB (INCH) (MM) NB (INCH) (MM)
1 FWT - 0101 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65
2 FWT - 0601 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 3
19 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS : FLOW TEES SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR

ABOVE GROUND INSTALLATION
NOTE: 1 MANUFACTURE TO INDICATE DIMENIONS MARKED A & B IN THE SKETCH ABOVE.

2 MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH DETAILS OF THE HOLES IN INTERNAL SLEEVE. THE AREA OF THE HOLES
SHALL BE MINIMUM EQUAL TO THE INTERNAL AREA OF THE BRANCH PIPE.
RELEVENT CALCULATIONS TO THIS EXTENT SHALL BE FURNISHED.
3 THE THICKESS OF PIPE SHALL BE IN VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING.
SECTION OIL & GAS CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED
DSGN TR TRAY PROJECT : PADAMLA - HALAOL NATURAL GAS
DATA SHEET FOR SCALE : NTS REV
APPROVED FLOW TEES (12"X12"X12") DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-011-01 0
TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - Flow Tee GSPL(12- inches)-Rev-0Flow Tee - 12"

DATA SHEET FOR FLOW TEES
DESIGN DATA
1. FLOW TEE MFR. :
2. PURCHASER'S SPECIFICATION NO. : MEC/TS/05/62/011
3. RATING : 600#
6. SERVICE : R-LNG
8. SIZE NB (INCHES) : 12 X 12 X 8
10. DESIGN CODE : ASME B31.8
12. HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE : 142.5 bar (g)
13. CHARPY TEST : REQUIRED AT (-) 200C, CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2 / CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm 2
15. SUITABILITY OF FLOW TEE : FOR PIGS AND SPHERES
16. FLOW DIRECTION : BI - DIRECTIONAL
17. MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

A) TEE : MSS-SP-75 WPHY-65
B) END PIECES : ASTM A 694 F-65
C) INTERNAL SLEEVE : API 5L Gr. B
18. CONNECTING PIPE SPECIFICATION

SL. NO. TAG NO. RUN PIPE DETAILS BRANCH PIPE DETAILS Qty.
D1 THK. MATERIALS D2 THK. MATERIALS Nos.
NB (INCH) (MM) NB (INCH) (MM)
2 FWT - 0401 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 8 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 2
19. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS : FLOW TEES SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR

UNDER GROUND INSTALLATION
NOTE: 1. MANUFACTURE TO INDICATE DIMENIONS MARKED A & B IN THE SKETCH ABOVE.

2. MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH DETAILS OF THE HOLES IN INTERNAL SLEEVE. THE AREA OF THE HOLES
SHALL BE MINIMUM EQUAL TO THE INTERNAL AREA OF THE BRANCH PIPE.
RELEVENT CALCULATIONS TO THIS EXTENT SHALL BE FURNISHED.
3 THE THICKESS OF PIPE SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING.
DATA SHEET FOR SCALE : NTS REV
APPROVED A.K.JOHRI FLOW TEES ( 12"X12" X 8" ) DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-011-02 0
TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - Flow Tee GSPL(8- inches)-Rev-0Flow Tee - 8"

DATA SHEET FOR INSULATING JOINTS
A = OVERALL LENGTH OF IJ TO BE CONFIRMED BY MANUFACTURER.
1. INSULATING JOINTS MFR. :
3. RATING : 600#
4. DESIGN PRESSURE : 95 bar (g)
6. SERVICE : Natural Gas
8. SIZE NB (INCHES) : 12"
10. DESIGN CODE : ASME SECTION-VIII DIV-I
13. CHARPY TEST : REQUIRED AT (-) 20 0C CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2

CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm2

A) BODY : ASTM A 694 F 65
B) PUPS : API 5L Gr. X-65,
C) INSULATING MATERIAL : AS PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD

SIZE, NB, MM (INCHES) 300(12")
WALL THICKNESS, MM -
MATERIAL API 5L Gr.X-65
17. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS : INSULATION JOINT SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR
18. TAG NOS. : 0101/ 0102/ 0701
19. QUANTITY : CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY
NOTE: THE THICKNESS OF PIPE/ PUP SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING

SCALE : NTS REV
APPROVED A.K.JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-01 0
INSULATING JOINTS ( 12" DIA., 600# SIZE )
TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - IJ 009 GSPL(12- inches)-Rev-01IJ 009 - 12"- R01

3. RATING : 600#
13. CHARPY TEST : REQUIRED AT (-) 20 0C CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2

CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm2

A) BODY : ASTM A 350 Gr. LF2 Cl.1
B) PUPS : ASTM A-333, Gr. 6

WALL THICKNESS, MM S 80
MATERIAL ASTM A-333, Gr. 6
18. TAG NOS. : 0601

SCALE : NTS REV
TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - IJ 009 GSPL(12- inches)-Rev-02IJ 009-12"- R02

3. RATING : 600#
7. CORROSION ALLOWANCE :1.5 MM
13. CHARPY TESTS : REQUIRED AT AS PER SPECIFIED MATERIAL CODE

A) BODY : ASTM A 350 Gr. LF2 Cl. 1
B) PUPS : ASTM A 333 Gr. 6

WALL THICKNESS, MM XS
MATERIAL ASTM A 333 Gr.6
18. TAG NOS. : 0301/ 0401
SCALE : NTS REV
APPROVED AK.JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-03 0
TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - IJ 009 GSPL (8- inches)Rev-0IJ 099 - 8"

3. RATING : 600#
13. CHARPY TESTS : REQUIRED AS PER SPECIFIED MATERIAL CODE
14. HARDNESS TESTS : REQUIRED AS PER MATERIAL CODE

A) BODY : ASTM A 350 Gr. LF2 Cl. 1
B) PUPS : ASTM A333 GR. 6

WALL THICKNESS, MM STD
MATERIAL ASTM A333 GR. 6
18. TAG NOS. : 0503
DSGN TR TRAY PROJECT : PADAMLA - HALAOL NATURAL GAS
SCALE : NTS REV
TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - IJ 009 GSPL (4- inches)-Rev-0IJ 009 - 4"

1.0 Valve Manufacturer :
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) :(20)3/4", (25)1'', (40)11/2'' ANSI Rating :600# Design Standard : BS:5351
3.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C :-20 to +60°C
4.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : N.A.

4.1 Material :
4.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch) :
4.3 Thickness, mm :
5.0 Valve Construction Design

5.1 Bore : Reduced Full
5.2 End Connections Flanged End raised face (as per ASME B16.5)
5.3 Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA

b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 microinches AARH) NA
5.4 Valve Type : Floating Ball
6.0 Valve Material Specification

Part Specified Material Material Offered
6.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1
6.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/SS 316, with ENP coating*
6.3 Body Seat RPTFE/ DELRIN
6.4 Gland SS 316
6.5 Stem SS 316 with ENP coating* (No casting)
6.6 Body Seal Grafoil
6.7 Stem Seal Grafoil
6.8 Body Studs/Nuts ASTM A 320 L 7/ A194 Gr. 4
7 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5 mm Service : Natural Gas
8.0 Location : Above Ground Buried
9.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, m : N.A.
10.0 Gear Operator Requirement : Yes No
11.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : Yes No Actuator Specification No.: N.A.
Actuator Data Sheet No.: N.A.
12.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per Standard API 607/ BS:6755 (Part-II)
13.0 Valve Testing Requirement

Test Pressure (min.), kg/cm2(g) Minimum Duration, minutes
13.1 Hydrostatic Test Body 157 2
Seat 114 2
13.2 Air Test 7.0 15
14 Anti-Static Testing Requirement : As per Standard BS:5351
15.0 Valve Painting Specification

15.1 Surface preparation by Short Blasting as per grade SA 2 1/2, Swedish Standard SIS-055 909.
15.2 Three coats of paint shall be applied with minimum thickness of 300 micron. (Permissible thickness in each
coat shall be within 80 to 120 micron.)
16 Lock Open/ Lock Close Requirement : As indicated in Material Requisition
Notes:
1. Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, gland, stem & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having average value
of 35J and minimum value shall be 28J.
2. Material test certificates and hydrostatic test reports shall be furnished prior to despatch.
3. Detailed dimensional drawings showing cross-section with part numbers and materials shall be submitted for Purchaser's
approval prior to manufacture of the valves.
4. All tests shall be as per BS:6755 (Part-I).
5. Valves shall have ball position indicator.
6. Stops shall be provided to ensure positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.
7. Each valve shall be provided with a wrench.
8. Valves shall be inspected and approved by Purchaser before despatch.
9. Gland packing assembly shall permit repair of gland packing under full line pressure.
10. Inspection and Testing shall be as per this specification, BS:6755 (Part-I) and other relevant standards and clause no. 5.0 of
T.S. No.: MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-2.
* Minimum thickness of ENP coating on Ball & stem shall be 25 microns.
1 30.12.06 REVISIONS: As per discussions with GSPL BB GS REFERENCES DRG. NO.
SECTION PROCESS & PIPING CLIENT : GSPL
NAME DATE CHKD DATE
PROJECT :Padamla (Baroda) -

DSGN BB GS PROJECT : Godhra Pipeline Project MECON LIMITED
DRWN
SPECIFICATION AND DATA SHEET SCALE : REV
APPROVED FOR BALL VALVES NO. : MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV001 1
(NB < 2'')
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 50(2"),100(4'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
3.0 MECON's Technical Specification No. : MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-2
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C : -20 to +60°C
5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : 2'' 4"

5.1 Material A 333 Gr 6 A 333 Gr 6
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm 60.3 114.3
5.3 Thickness, mm 5.54 6.02

6.1. Bore : Reduced Full
: Butt Weld as per ASME B 16.25 with 300mm pup pieces as per above connecting pipe
6.2. End Connections specification.
6.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA
6.4 Valve Type : Trunnion Mounted
7.1 Body A350 Gr. LF2 Class 1 / A352 Gr. LCB
7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*
7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316
7.4 Seat Seal VITON
7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating* (No Casting)
7.6 Stem Seals VITON/ PTFE
7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A 194 Gr. 4
8.0 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5 mm Service : Natural Gas
10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : N.A
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : API 6FA.

2", 4"NB
14.1 Hydrostatic Test Body 157 As per API 6D
Seat 114 As per API 6D
14.2 Air Test 7.0 As per API 6D
15.0 Anti-Static Testing Requirement : As per Standard API 6D (2002 Ed.)

17.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close Requirement : N.A.
Notes:
1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-2
2. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.
3. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.
4. Short pattern valves as per API 6D are not permitted, only long pattern valves are to be supplied.
5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples
having average value of 35J and minimum value shall be 28J.
* Ball & stem shall be ENP coated for minimum thickness of 25 microns.
NAME DATE CHKD DATE
PROJECT :Padamla (Baroda) -Godhra Pipeline

Project
DSGN BB GS MECON LIMITED
DRWN
SCALE : REV
APPROVED DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV002 1
(NB > 2")
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : 12''

5.1 Material A 333 Gr 6
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm 323.8
5.3 Thickness, mm 17.48

: Butt Weld as per ASME B 16.25 with 300mm Pup Pieces as per above connecting pipe

7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / A 352 Gr. LCB
7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*
7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316
7.4 Seat Seal VITON
7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating* (No Casting)
7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A 194 Gr. 4
10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : N.A
11.0 Manual Hydraulic Operator Requirement : Yes No
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : API 6FA

12'' NB

16.2 Three coats of paint shall be applied minimum thickness of 300 micron. (Permissible thickness in each
Notes:
5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having
average value of 35J and minimum value shall be 28J.
NAME DATE CHKD DATE

Project
DRWN
SCALE : REV
(NB > 2")
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 50(2"), 100(4'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C : -20°C to +60°C

5.1 Material
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch)
5.3 Thickness, mm

6.2. End Connections : Flanged as per ASME B16.5

7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ A 352 Gr. LCB
7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating*
7.4 Seat Seal VITON
7.6 Stem Seals VITON/PTFE
7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A194 Gr. 4
8.0 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5 mm Service : Natural Gas (Composition as per Annex-I to T.S.)

2", 4'' NB
14.2 Air Test 7 As per API 6D

Notes:
1 30.12.06 REVISIONS: As per GSPL BB GS REFERENCES DRG. NO.
NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DRWN
SCALE : REV
(NB > 2'')
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C : -20°C to +60°C

5.1 Material
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch)
5.3 Thickness, mm

6.2. End Connections : Flanged as per ASME B16.5

7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ A 352 Gr. LCB
7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating*
7.4 Seat Seal VITON
7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating* (No Casting)
8.0 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5 mm Service : Natural Gas (Composition as per Annex-I to T.S.)
11.0 Manual Hydraulic Qperator Requirement: Yes No

12'' NB
14.2 Air Test 7 As per API 6D

Notes:
NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DRWN
SCALE : REV
(NB > 2'')
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12'') ,200(8") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification 12'' 8''

5.1 Material API 5L Gr X65 A 333 Gr 6
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm 323.8 219.1

7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / A352 Gr. LCB
7.4 Seat Seal VITON
7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating* (No casting)
10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : 2500+/-250

(From finished ground level)
12.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : Yes No Actuator Specification No.: MEC/TS/05/26/002
Data Sheet No.: MEC/DS/05/26/23JT/002/01
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : API 6FA (Gas over Oil)

8", 12'' NB

Notes:
5 Valves seat shall have double piston effect.
6 Valve body material shall be of minimum yield strength 44000psi, so as to weld with API 5L X-65,8.7 thk or else .
with welded spool piece of 500 length of API 5l-X65, 8.7 thk.
NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DRWN
SCALE : REV
(NB >2'')
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12'') ,200(8") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification 12'' 8''

5.1 Material API 5L Gr X65 A 333 Gr 6
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm 323.8 219.1

7.4 Seat Seal VITON

12.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : Yes No Actuator Specification No.: MEC/TS/05/26/002
Data Sheet No.: MEC/DS/05/26/23JT/002/01
13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : API 6FA (Gas over Oil)

8", 12'' NB

Notes:
6 Valve body material shall be of minimum yield strength 44000psi, so as to weld with API 5L X-65,8.7 thk or else .
with welded spool piece of 500 length of API 5l-X65, 8.7 thk.
0 07.03.07 BB GS REFERENCES DRG. NO.
NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DRWN
SCALE : REV
APPROVED DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV006A 0
MAINLINE VALVES (NB >2'')
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 100(4''), 200(8'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D
5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : 4'' 8''

5.1 Material A 333 Gr 6 A 333 Gr 6
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm 114.3 219.1


7.4 Seat Seal VITON

(From Finished Ground Level)

4'', 8'' NB

Notes:
5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having
1 30.12.06 REVISIONS: As per discussions withGSPL BB GS REFERENCES DRG. NO.
NAME DATE CHKD DATE

Project
DRWN
SCALE : REV
(NB > 2")
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) :300(12") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D

5.1 Material A 333 Gr 6


7.4 Seat Seal VITON


12'' NB

Notes:
NAME DATE CHKD DATE

Project
DRWN
SCALE : REV
(NB > 2")
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) :300(12") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D

5.1 Material API 5L Gr X 65


7.4 Seat Seal VITON


12'' NB

Notes:
NAME DATE CHKD DATE

Project
DRWN
SCALE : REV
APPROVED DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV008A 0
(NB > 2")
2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D/ BS:1868/
4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C :-20 to +60

5.1 Material :
5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch) :
5.3 Thickness, mm :

6.1. Port : Full Regular
6.2. End Connections : Flanged both ends Flanged (as per ASME B16.5)
: Butt Weld both ends
Flanged one end, butt weld other end


Part Specified Material Material Offered (Equivalent or Superior
7.1 Body ASTM A 350 Gr LF2 class 1/A352 Gr LCB.
7.2 Cover ASTM A 350 Gr LF2 class 1/A352 Gr LCB.
7.3 Disc/ Plates ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating*
7.4 Body Seat Rings (See Note-3) ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*
7.5 Disc Hinge SS 316
7.6 Hinge Pin SS 316
7.7 Cover Stud Bolts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7
7.8 Nuts ASTM A 194 Gr. 4
7.9 Cover Gasket SS 304 Spiral Wound with C.A. Filler
7.10 Spring Inconel X-750
10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : N.A.
11.0 Gear Operator Requirement : N.A.
12.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : N.A.

14.1 Hydrostatic Test Body 157 API 6D

Seat 114 API 6D


Notes:
1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/004.
2. Inspection and Testing shall be as per this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.
3. Seats shall be non-renewable integral type.
4 Charpy V- notch test for body, cover, disc, body seat rings & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having
* Minimum thickness of ENP coating shall be 25 microns.
NAME DATE CHKD DATE
DSGN BB GS PROJECT : Natural Gas Supply To MECON LIMITED

DRWN Padmala- Godhra Pipeline
SCALE : REV
APPROVED A.K. JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR CHECK VALVES DATA SHEET NO. : MEC/23JT/05/21/DS/VC-01 1
(NB > 2")
d:\fateh\narimanam-kuthalam\tender rfq\check valve\Data Sheet - CV - 01

DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES
1. Valve Manufacturer :
2. Size : 2", 4'' Rating : ANSI 600# Design Standard : BS:1873
3. Purchaser's Specification : MEC/05/62/S/005
4. Design Pressure : 96.87 kg/cm2(g) Design Temperature : -20 to + 60°C
5 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5mm Services : Natural Gas
6 End Connections : Flanged both ends

Butt Weld both ends as per ASME B 16.25
with 300mm Pup Pieces on both sides as per pipe specifications
Flanged one end butt weld other end
7 Flanges (where applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA
b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 AARH) NA
8 Pipe Specification : 2'' 4''

A 333 Gr. 6 A 333 Gr. 6
60.3 114.3
3.54 6.02
9 Valve Material Specification (or Equivalent/ Superior) : Material Offered

a) Body : ASTM A352 Gr. LCB :
b) Bonnet (Bolted) : ASTM A352 Gr. LCB :
c) Stem (Rising) : SS 316 (No casting) :
b) Disc(Loose Plug/Ball Type) : SS 316 with ENP coating* :
e) Body Seat Ring : SS 316 :
f) Stem Packing (Renewable : Graphited Braided Asbestos with sacrifical :
with valve open on stream) inhibitor & Inconel wire reinforcement
g) Hand Wheel (Rising) : Malleable Iron/ Cast Steel/ Fab. Steel :
h) Bonnet Bolts : ASTM A 320 Gr. L7 :
i) Bonnet Nuts : ASTM A194 Gr. 4 :
j) Bonnet Gasket : Spiral Wound SS 304 + CA Filler :
10 Hydrostatic Test Pressure

a) Body : 157 kg/cm 2(g)
b) Seat : 114 kg/cm 2(g)
2
11 Test Pressure with Air : 7.0 kg/cm (g)
12 Schedule of Quantity :
Valve Size, NB Quantity
(Nos.)
2" As per SOR
4'' As per SOR
Notes:
1. Valve shall be designed for intristically fire safe.
2. Testing shall be asper BS:6755 (Part-I)
3. Bidder shall clearly write all/ any deviation against each part/ material of valve in the space provided for .
Wherever bidder agrees with MECON's data sheet, bidder shall clearly indicate "agreed".
4 Charpy V- notch test for body, bonnet, stem, disc, body seat rings & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having
* Minimum thickness of ENP coating shall be 25 microns
Painting Specifications:
1 Surface preparation by Short Blasting as per grade SA 2 1/2, Swedish Standard SIS-055 909.
2 Three coats of paint shall be applied with minimum thickness of 300 micron. (Permissible thickness in each

NAME DATE CHKD DATE
DSGN BB GS PROJECT : Padamla (Baroda) - Godhra MECON LIMITED

DRWN Pipeline Project
SCALE : REV
APPROVED A.K. JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES DATA SHEET NO. MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-001 1
2. Size : 2'' to 12" Rating : ANSI 600# Design Standard : BS:1873
6 End Connections : Flanged both ends as per ASME B 16.5

Butt Weld both ends
7 Flanges (where applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ
b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 AARH)
8 Pipe Specification : N.A

f) Stem Packing (Renewable : Graphited Braided Asbestos with sacrifica :
h) Bonnet Bolts : ASTM A320 Gr. L7 :

a) Body : 157 kg/cm2(g)
b) Seat : 114 kg/cm2(g)
11 Test Pressure with Air : 7.0 kg/cm2(g)
Valve Size, NB Quantity
(Nos.)
2'' As per SOR
4'' As per SOR
12'' As per SOR
Notes:
4 Charpy V- notch test for body, bonnet, stem, disc, body seat rings & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having

NAME DATE CHKD DATE
DSGN BB GS PROJECT : Padamla (Baroda) to MECON LIMITED

DRWN Godhra Pipeline Project
SCALE : REV
APPROVED A.K. JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES DATA SHEET NO. MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-002 1
DATA SHEET FOR INTELLIGENT PIG SIGNALLERS
Pig Signaller Tag No. On Equipment XXLS-0003 on SR-0002

On Line XXLS-0001, 0002 on 12" dia. Pipeline
Pig Signaller Manufacturer :
Purchaser's Specification MEC/S/05/62/048

:
Pig Signaller Model
Quantity (No.) 3
DESIGN CONDITIONS
Maximumk Allowable Operating Pressure, kg/cm2(g) 96.87
Temperature, °C (-) 20 to (+) 60
Design Code ASME B31.8
Corrosion Allowance (MM) 1.5
ANSI Rating (#) 600 #
Design Factor 0.5
Service RLNG
End Connection BE
Installation Aboveground
Electrical Area Classification IEC - Zone-1, Gas Group-IIA & IIB, Temp. Class-T3
DETAILS OF PIPELINE ON WHICH PIG SIGNALLERS SHALL BE MOUNTED
Diameter (NB, mm) x Thk. (mm) 300 (12") x17.48
Material ASTM A 333 Gr 6

PIG SIGNALLERS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Body ASTM A105
Internals SS-316
MICRO SWITCH DETAILS
Rating Potential Free Contact of Rating 24V DC, 2A, SPDT
Enclosure Weather Proof to IP55 & Flame Proof Exd. Enclosure
certified for area classification
Cable Connection ½" NPTF
NOTES: 1) : - VENDOR TO INICATE

2) PIG SIGNALLERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ISOLATION VALVE FOR ON-LINE REPAIR.
3) PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS:
a) SURFACE PREPARATION AS PER GRADE SA21/2, SWEDISH STANDARD SIS-055909.
b) THREE COATS OF PAINT SHALL BE APPLIED OF MINIMUM 3 MICRONS THICKNESS.
(PERMISSIBLE THICKNESS IN EACH COATS SHALL BE WITHIN 80 TO 120 MICRONS)
4) CHARPY V-NOTCH TEST (IF APPLICABLE) WILL BE CONDUCTED AT -20°C ON FIVE SAMPLES HAVING
AVERAGE VALUE OF 35J AND MINIMUM VALUE SHALL BE 28J.

SECTION PROCESS & PIPING CLIENT : GAIL (India) Limited
NAME DATE CHKD DATE PROJECT : Natural Gas Pipeline project

DSGN SS GS From Padmala to Godhra MECON LIMITED
DRWN
PIG SIGNALLERS SCALE : REV
APPROVED A.K. JOHRI (XXLS-0001, 0002 & 0003) DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS 001 1
D:\Vijaynt\IPPS KG Basin\DS - PS - 0501

2. Size : 2'' to 12" Rating : ANSI 600# Design Standard : BS:1873
6 End Connections : Flanged both ends as per ASME B 16.5

Butt Weld both ends
7 Flanges (where applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ
b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 AARH)
8 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : 2500+/-250

9 Pipe Specification : N.A

f) Stem Packing (Renewable : Graphited Braided Asbestos with sacrifical :
h) Bonnet Bolts : ASTM A320 Gr. L7 :

a) Body : 157 kg/cm 2(g)
2
b) Seat : 114 kg/cm (g)
2
12 Test Pressure with Air : 7.0 kg/cm (g)
Valve Size, NB
2''
4''
12''
Notes:
4 Charpy V- notch test for body, bonnet, stem, disc, body seat rings & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having

NAME DATE CHKD DATE
DSGN BB GS PROJECT : Padamla (Baroda) to MECON LIMITED

DRWN Godhra Pipeline Project
SCALE : REV
APPROVED A.K. JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES DATA SHEET NO. MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-002A 0
PRESSURE SAFETY VALVES
UNITS : Flow > Liquid - m* /hr , Gas-Sm /day, Steam - kg/hr. Pressure -> kg/cm*2(g), Temperature-°C, Level/ Length-> mm
3 3
01 Tag No. 42-PSV-0101 42-PSV-0701

General 02 Line No./ Size - -
03 Vessel Protected SL-0101 SR-0701
04 Quantity 01 No. 01 No.
05 Safety/ Relief Safety Relief Safety Relief
06 Vendor
07 Type Standard Standard
08 Full Nozzle Full Lift Mod. Nozzle Full Nozzle Full Lift Full Nozzle Full Lift
09 Bonnet Type Closed Closed
10 Conv./ Bellows/ Pllot Operated Conventional Conventional
11 Inlet Conn. : Size & Rating 600# 600#
12 Inlet Conn. : Facing & Finish(Note-5) Smooth Finish Smooth Finish
Valve 13 Outlet Conn. : Size & Rating 600# 600#
14 Outlet Conn. : Facing & Finish(Note-5) RF, RF,
15 Cap Over Adj. Bolt : Required Required
16 Screwed Bolted Bolted Bolted
17 Lifting Gear - Type - -
18 Test Gag Required Required
19 Body and Bonnet ASTM A350 LF2/A352Gr.LCB ASTM A350 LF2/352Gr.LCB
20 Nozzle and Disc SS 316 SS 316
21 Spring SS 316 SS 316
Material 22 Bellows
23
24
25 Resilient Seat Seal
Options 26
27
28 Code API 520 & 526 API 520 & 526
Basis 29 Basis of Selection Vessel Under Ext. Fire Vessel Under Ext. Fire
30
31 Fluid and State Natural Gas Vapour Natural Gas Vapour
32 Corrosive Constituent/ Corr. Allow. CO2 (0.18%)/ 2.0mm CO2 (0.18%)/ 2.0mm
33 Required Flow Capacity - -
34 Mol. Wgt. S.G. at Rel. Temp. 17.089 0.58 17.089 0.58
35 Oper. Pressure,bar(g) 50 42-50
36 Oper. Temp.°C Rel. Temp.°C 5.0-50 60 5 - 50 60
Service 37 Valve Discharges to Atm. Atm.
Conditions 38 Back Press. Const. Or Variable Atm. Constant Atm. Constant
39 Set Pressure, bar(g) 95 95
40 Cold Bench Test Pressure
41 % Over Pressure % Blow Down 20 20
42 Cp/Cv Compressibility Factor 1.4213 0.917 1.4213 0.917
43 Viscosity at Rel. Temp. (cP) 0.0128 0.0128
44 Vess. : Wall Temp.°C Surf. Area-m2 593 593
45
2
46 Calculated Area-inch
47 Sel. Area-inch2 Orifice Design
48 No. of Valves Reqd. for capacity
Orifice 49 Total Area-inch2
50 Actual Flow Capacity, SCFM - -
51 Relief Load
52 Model No.
53 Radiography Reqd. (100%) Reqd. (100%)
54 IBR Certification Not Required Not Required
Notes:
VENDOR TO SPECIFY/ CONFIRM
1 VENDOR SHALL FURNISH SIZING CALCULATIONS TO SUPPORT HIS VALVE SELECTION.
2 VALVES SHALL BE 100% RADIOGRAPHED
3 VENDOR TO CONSIDER COEFFICIENT OF DISCHARGE DERATED BY A FACTOR OF 0.9 AS PER ASME-VIII
4 FOR SAFETY VALVE SIZING, FURNISH CERTIFIED CAPACITIES AS PER API-520.
5 PSV's SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH INLET & OUTLET COMPANION FLANGES.
6 VENDOR TO CONSIDER HYDRO-TEST PRESSURE 1.4 TIMES OF DESIGN PRESSURE

SECTION : OIL & GAS (LDP) CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED
PROJECT : PADMALA-HALOL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT

NAME DATE CHKD DATE
DSGN MECON LIMITED

DRWN
PRESSURE SAFETY VALVES SCALE : REV

APPROVED TAG NO. : 42-PSV 0101,0701 DATA SHEET NO. : MEC/23JT/05/21/DS/PSV-001 1
This document and the design it covers are the property of MECON and issued for the specific project mentioned therein. This is not to be copies or used for
other projects unless expressly permitted by MECON.
MECON LIMITED PROJECT: PADAMLA-GODHARA (HALOL)
DELHI NATURAL GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)
CLIENT: GUJARAT STATE

PETRONET LIMITED (GSPL)
Data Sht No.:MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PG
PRESSURE GAUGES
Gas-Nm3/hr Steam- kg/hr Pressure-Bar Temperature- °C Level/Length-mm
Units:- Flow : Liquid-m3/hr
1 Type Direct 17 Type ---
2 Mounting Local 18 Wetted parts material ---
3 Dial size 150 mm Element ---
ColourWhite(Non rusting plastic Lower body ---
with black engraving)
4 Case material Cast aluminium 19 Non wetted parts ---
5 Bezel ring Screwed 20 Process connection ---
6 Window material Shatter proof glass Size ---
7 Enclosure IP 55 / NEMA 4 Rating ---
8 Pressure element Bourdon tube 21 Facing &Finish ---
9 Element material SS 316 22 Capillary material ---
10 Socket material SS 316 23 Capillary length ---
11 Accuracy ± 1% FSD 24 Flushing & Filling ---
12 Zero adjustment Micrometer pointer 25 Over range protection 130% of range
(Internal)
26 Blow out protection Required
13 Connections ½” NPT (M) 27 Options
Conn. Location Bottom a) Snubber
14 Movement SS 304 b) Syphon
15 Diaphragm seal --- c) Gauge saver
16 d) Liquid filled casing
e) Solid front
Pressure Design Temp.
Tag No. Range Operatin Design Fluid Service Options
g
42-PI-0103 * 42 – 50 95 60 N.GAS Natural Gas
42-PI-0104A * 42 – 50 95 60 N.GAS Natural Gas C,
NOTES:
1) Offered Instruments shall be suitable for corrosive constituents CO2 – 1.5 % .
1 08.03.07
Data Sht No.:MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PG
REV. DATE BY CHKD APPD

Data Sht No.: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PT
PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
Units:- Flow : Liquid-m /hr Gas-Nm3/hr Steam- kg/hr Pressure-Kg/cm2g Temperature- °C Level/Length-mm
3
GENERAL MEASURING UNIT

1 Function Transmit & Indicate 24 Service Pressure
2 Type Electronic Smart µP Based 25 Element Diaphragm
3 Case Mfg. Std. 26 Body Material Carbon Steel
4 Mounting Yoke 27 Element Material 316 SS
Weather proof to IS2147
5 Enclosure 28 Process Connections ½” NPT(F)
Explosion proof to IS2148
Enclosure class NEMA 4 & NEMA 7 Process Conn. Locn.
6 Elec. Area Class. Zone-I, Gr.IIA & IIB, T3 29 Diaphragm Seal:-
7 Intrinsically safe Required Type
8 Air supply Wetted Parts Matl.
9 Power supply 24 VDC Other Material
10 Cable entry ½” NPT(F) Process Conn.:-
11 Accuracy + 0.075% of SPAN Size and Rating
12 Repeatability + 0.05% Facing and Finish
TRANSMITTER Capillary Material:-
13 Output 4 – 20 mA DC, Two wire Armour Flexible
14 Trans. Power supply 24 V DC Armour Flexible Matl.
CONTROLLER Capillary length, mm
Flush / Filling Conn. with
15 Output
plug
16 A/M switch MISCALLANEOUS
No. of positions 30 Over Range Protection 130% of Range
17 Set Point Adj. 31 Options
Intrinsically safe Digital Output
18 Manual Regulator a)
meter
2-way manifold - SS316 body &
19 Mode b)
Trim
Mounting accessories for 2”
RECORDER c)
Pipe Mounting
20 Chart
21 Chart Drive 32 Make & Model No. *
22 Moving Parts Matl.
23 Chart speed
Operating Design Design Range

Tag No. Service Options
Pressure Press. Temp. Span Set
42-PT-0101 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c
42-PT-0102 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c
42-PT-0501 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c
42-PT-0502 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c
42-PT-0603 42-50 95 65 * 0 -100 N.GAS a, b,c
42-PT-0604 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c
NOTES:
1) Offered instruments shall be suitable for corrosive constituents CO2 – 1.5%
2) ‘*’ – Information to be furnished by Contractor/ Vendor.
1 08.03.07
Data Sht No.: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PT
PROJECT: PADAMLA-GODHARA (HALOL)
NATURAL GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)
MECON LTD. DELHI
CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE Data Sht. No. :
PETRONET LIMITED(GSPL) MEC / 23JT/ 05 /E5/DS-TT
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS
UNITS :Flow : Liquid --> M3/Hr, Gas --> Nm3/Hr, Steam --> Kg/Hr, Pressure --> Kg/Cm2G, Temp --> °C, Level/Length > mm
TRANSMIT INDICATE 11 POWER SUPPLY 24 V DC

1 FUNCTION
BLIND
ELECTRONIC (SMART) 12 CONDUIT CONN. 1/2" NP TF

2 TYPE
MFR STD. 13 LINEARISATION UPSCALE

3 CASE
DOWNSCALE
DIRECT ON RTD/TC YOKE 14 ACCURACY + / - 0.1% FSD

4 MOUNTING
OTHER
W. PROOF EX. PROOF 15 RFI / EMI REQD.

5 ENCLOSURE
CLASS : IP - 65 PROTECTION
INTRINISICALLY SAFE 16 LOAD 6000 OH MS AT
DRIVING CAABILITY 24 V DC
NEC, CLASS-1, DIVL.-2, 17 MAKE *

AREA
6
CLASSIFICATION
GROUP C&D
FROM RTD 18 MODEL NO. *

7 INPUT
4-20 mA 19 OPTIONS
8 OUTPUT
a) Output Meter
b) Mounting WP/EX PROOF/INTR SAFE

COLD JUNCTION
9
COMPENSATION
Accessories
For 2" Pipe

BURN OUT
10
PROTECTION
c) SS Tag Plate
RANGE
TAG NO. SERVICE OPTION
SPAN SET
42-TT 0101 * 0 - 100Natural Gas a, b, c
NOTES:
1 *CONTRACTOR / VENDOR TO FILLUP THE DATA SHEET BASED ON PROCESS DATA & P&ID AND SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL.
2 THE DIGITAL OUTPUT METER SHOULD INDICATE THE TEMPERATURE IN DEG. C.
3 ENVIRONMENTAL COVER TO BE PROVIDED FOR EACH TRANSMITTER (DRAWING ENCLOSED ELSEWHERE IN BID DOCUMENT).
1 08.03.07
Data Sht. No. : MEC / 23JT/ 05 /E5/DS-TT
REV DATE BY CHKD

Data Sht No: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-RTD
RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTOR

Units:- Flow : Liquid-m3/hr Gas-Nm3/hr Steam- kg/hr Pressure-Kg/cm2g Temperature- °C Level/Length-mm
GENERAL 13 Cable entry ½” NPT (F)
1 Assembly as per Drg. enclosed 14 No. of entries Single
drg. 15 Enclosure type Weather proof to IP55
ELEMENT THERMOWELL
3 No. of elements Simplex 16 Material SS 316
4 Calibration As per DIN 43760 17 Construction Drilled bar stock
5 Element material Platinum (Pt 100) 18 Process connection 1 ½” Flanged
6 Resistance at 0°C 100 ohms 19 Inst. connection ½” NPT (F)
7 Leads Standard 20 Thermowell as per D No. MEC/23JT/05/E5/003
8 Sheath drawings enclosed D No. MEC/23JT/05/E5/007
O.D. 8 mm
Material SS 316 21 Make & Model No. *
9 Nipple & Union mtl. SS 316
10 No. Of wires 4 Wire
HEAD
11 Head Cover type Screwed cap & SS chain
12 Material Cast Aluminium
Temperature Well Flange

Dimensio
Rang
Tag No. ns Service Option
e
Nor Desi U T Material Rating/Face/ Finish
gn
42-TE – 0101 0-100 5 - 50 65 380 * ASTM A 105 600# RF 125 AARH N.GAS
42- TE – 0602 0-100 5 - 50 65 380 * ASTM A 105 600# RF 125 AARH N.GAS
NOTES:
‘*’: Information to be supplied by Contractor.
1) Offered Instruments shall be suitable for corrosive constituents CO2 – 1.5 %.
1 08.03.07
Data Sht No: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-RTD
PROJECT : PADMALA-GODHARA (HALOL) NATURAL GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)
MECON LTD. DELHI
CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE
Data Sht No : MEC / 23JT/ 05 /E5/DS-DPS
PETRONET LIMITED(GSPL)
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH
3 3
UNITS : Flow --> Liquid M /Hr Gas --> M /Hr Steam --> Kg/Hr Pressure --> Kg/Cm2G Temp --> °C Level / Length -->MM
1 TYPE BLIND/PRESSURE/DIRECT
2 MOUNTING YOKE
3 DIAL - 14 ELEMENT TYPE *
a. SIZE - 15 ELEMENT MATERIAL SS-316
b. COLOUR - 16 PROCESS CONN. 1/2" NPT (F)

DIE. CAST ALUMINIUM
4 CASE MATERIAL
WITH EPOXY PAINT
5 WINDOW MATERIAL - 17 DIAPHRAGM SEAL
AS PER ELECTRICAL
6 AREA CLASSIFICATION TYPE
AREA CLASSIFICATION
7 INTRINICALLY SAFE - WETTED PARTS MATERIAL
8 ENCLOSURE OTHER MATERIAL

AS PER ELECTRICAL
a. TYPE PROCESS CONNECTION
AREA CLASSIFICATION
b. CLASS IS-2147, NEMA-4 AS MIN. FACING AND FINISH
SIZE RATING
9 OUTPUT ARMOUR FLEABLE

a. ELECTRICAL
YES ARMOUR MATERIAL
CONTACTS
b. QTY. TWO CAPILLARY MATERIAL
c. FORMS DPDT CAPILLARY LENGTH

MICRO SWITCH, SNAP
d. TYPE 18 OVER RANGE PROTECTION NOTE - 1
ACTION HERMATICALLY
e. CONTACT PLATING GOLD PLATED 19 BLOW OUT PROTECTION REQD.
f. RATING VOLT, AMP 24 VDC, 1A 20 MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
g. LOAD TYPE INDUCTIVE 21 OPTIONS
h. CABLE ENTRY 1/2" NPT (F) a. SNUBBER
i. NO. OF ENTRIES DUAL b. GAUGE SAVER
c. AIR FILTER REGULATOR

INTERNAL WITH
10 SET PT. ADJ. d. VACCUM PROTECTION
INDICATED SCALE
11 DIFF. MIN. (FIXED)
12 ACCURACY ± 1% OF SET POINT
13 REPEATABILITY ± 1% OF SET POINT

SL. PRESSURE PRESSURE TEMP. TEMP
TAG NO. RANGE SET POINT SERVICE
NO. OPER. MAX. OPER. MAX.
1 42 - DPSH 0101 * 3.0 50.0 95.0 5 To 50 - 20 To 60 42 - GOV - 0101
2 42 - DPSH 0501 * 3.0 50.0 95.0 5 To 50 - 20 To 60 42 - GOV - 0501
3 42 - DPSH 0601 * 3.0 50.0 95.0 5 To 50 - 20 To 60 42 - GOV - 0601
NOTES:
1 130% OF RANGE OF MAX. PROCESS WHICHEVER IS GREATER
2 SET POINT SHOULD BE ADJUTABLE THROUGHT THE RANGE.
3 (*) BY VENDOR
1 08.03.07
Data Sht. No. : MEC / 23JT/ 05 /E5/ DS-DPS
REV DATE BY CHKD

Data Sht No. : MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-LEL
GAS DETECTION SYSTEM
Design And Construction
1. The System Shall comprise of the following:

a. Field Mounted Gas Detectors.
b. Monitors/ Controllers for Gas Detectors.
c. Portable Purge Calibrator(s) for the Gas Detection System
d. Portable Gas Detectors.
e. Gas Detection Panel housing the monitors, alarm annunciator, switches and relays,
etc. for carrying out necessary monitoring and shutdown functions.
2. Gas Detection System shall be designed based on “fail safe” philosophy
3. The design of electronic instruments shall be in compliance with the electromagnetic

compatibility requirement as “ IEC – 801” .
4. Constructions and performance of gas detection system shall be in general as per BS – EN –

50054 and BS – EN – 50057 standards.
5. Both open path and point gas detectors shall be provided for each station Open
path gas detectors of Infrared Absorption type shall be suitable for specified hazardous area
and shall be installed in the most adequate location . Point gas detectors shall be provided in
metering/filtration/letdown skids.
6. The low and high gas concentrations and a failure/default state shall be detected and
signalized by the Control Unit.
7. Analog signals ( i.e. LEL indication ) and High Alarm from each gas detectors shall be
required at SCADA. For that necessary provision shall be made available at Gas Detection
Panel.
8. Hooter / Flasher for LEL High Alarms shall be provided in Local Gas Detection Panel and
also in outdoor remote position.
1 08.03.07
Page 1 of 9

Gas Sensor( Open Path & Point Gas Detector)
TYPE : Infrared Absorption type (Both Open Path and Point type)
CONSTRUCTION : Explosion proof, SS 316 body with stainless steel flame

arrestors, dust cover, Weather Proof as per NEMA 4X or IP
65 (NOTE-1).
Sensor element shall be replaceable type / plug in type.
Terminal box shall be provided for further cabling. Flying
leads are not acceptable. Cable entry shall be ¾” NPT (F)
(NOTE-2).
ELECTRICAL : Zone –1, Gr. II A & II B, T3

AREA CLASSIFICATION
POWER SUPPLY : From Monitor / Control Unit.( Panel)
OPERATING VOLTAGE : 24 V DC
RANGE : 0 –100 % LEL (Low Explosive Limit)
ACCURACY : ± 3 % of gas reading @ ≤50% LEL, ± 5 % of gas reading @

> 50% to 100% LEL
REPEATABILITY : Better than +/- 3% of Full Scale.
RESPONSE TIME : < 5 Sec
MOUNTING
ACCESSORIES : Vendor to indicate.
NOTE 1: Splash guard & weatherproof cap for protection against dust and rain shall be provided.
NOTE 2: The junction box shall be weatherproof to IP 55 and certified to Explosion proof.
1 08.03.07
Page 2 of 9

Gas Monitor / Controller :
TYPE : Solid state electronic , panel mounted plug in modular construction
NO. OF CHANNELS : Maximum 16 sensors with common indicating meter. However,

single loop integrity shall be maintained by individual monitoring
card per sensor.
POWER SUPPLY : 24V DC ,
RANGE AND : Adjustable between 0-100 % LEL

METER CALIBRATION
ANALOG OUTPUT : 4 – 20 mA DC.
ALARM OUTPUT : Adjustable Low and High Alarms(DPDT potential free relay
contacts)
INDICATOR LIGHTS : Power On (by a confidence flash for every 2 seconds).

(Separate for each channel) - 20 % LEL – Alarm level High
- 40 % LEL – Alarm level Very High.
-Malfunction (Malfunction shall include short circuit., line breaking,
over range and earth fault. )
OTHER FEATURES : a) Dual adjustable setpoints for gas level alarm.

b) DPDT latching type relay contacts shall be provided for following:
i) 20 % LEL (each channel)
-Alarm High (adjustable)
ii) 40 % LEL (each channel )
-Alarm Very High (adjustable)
iii) Malfunction (common)
c) Relay contacts shall be suitably rated for the specified power
requirements.
d) Reset push button ( common )
e) Sensor calibration without alarm outputs shall be achieved by
inhibit switch on relevant channel(Calibration /Test Switch)
1 08.03.07
Page 3 of 9

Portable Calibrator (Calibration Kit)
One Portable Purge Calibrators consisting of a Volume Bottle containing a known gas/air mixture,
a Pressure Regulator with gauge, a Flexible Hose and Adaptor Cap (to fit the sensor head) shall be
supplied at each station to enable calibration of the sensors in the field without dismantling them.
Calibration range of all sensors will be 0-100% LEL for Hydrocarbon.
Sufficient quantity of calibration gas shall be supplied to enable calibration of all sensing heads
atleast for six months. Calibration gas cylinder/bottle shall have validity of 1 year.
Portable Gas Detector (Portable Methanometer)
2 Nos. hand-held , Portable Gas Detector shall be supplied. These gas detectors / analysers shall be
capable of measuring methane from 0% to 100% by volume, 0% to 100% LEL and 0% to 100%
by volume oxygen as well.
Portable Gas Detectors shall be supplied complete with its controller, audio visual alarm and shall
be suitable (preferably intrinsically safe) for use in hazardous area specified. Such units shall be
certified by BASEEFA, CENRLEC, FM, PTB, CMRI etc. These units shall be supplied with
rechargeable batteries and 240V, 50 Hz ac battery,. Sufficient number of battery charger/nimber of
points per charge shall be provided based on quantity of such portable units. These units shall be
supplied complete with all accessories like carrying case, maintenance kit, calibration kit etc.
Gas Detection Panel
The Panel shall be designed to house the following instruments accessories:
i. Monitors / Conrollers.
ii. Alarm Annunciator.
iii. Relays / Logic Cards for shutdown / protection system.
iv. Push buttons / Switches as required ( including Lamp Test Push Buttons).
v. Any other items which are not listed above but essential to make the system
operational and meet the requirements as specified.
The panel shall be provided with 5% installed spares ( minimum one number) for items like
monitors/ controllers, relays / logic cards etc. Alarm Annunciator shall have installed 20% spare
points. Panel shall have spare space (10%) for future expansion.
1 08.03.07
Page 4 of 9

Panel Construction
1. Type : Self-supported, Free Standing, enclosed cubicle and Non-

graphic.
2. Lighting : Required for inside panel with door switch.
3. Ventilation : Required with louvers backed by wirefly screen & fan. Fan
Failure alarm required
4. Doors : Rear Double removable hinged doors with flush pull type
handles & with locking arrangement.
5. Door width : Shall suit the width of panel. The Panel width is indicative
only. The sizes shall be sufficient to accommodate the
required hardware specified in MR. However the depth and
height shall be 800 & 1800 respectively.
6. Cable Entry : Bottom, Cable Glands shall be double compression type for
external armoured cables. All unused entries shall be
plugged.
7. Receptacles : Required for 230VAC UPS / NON UPS
8. Painting : The finish shall include sand blasting, grinding, chemical

cleaning, surface finishing by suitable filter and two coats of
high grade lacquer with wet sanding between coats.. Two
coats of paint in panel colour shall be given for Non-glossy
high stain finish. Panel face final colour shall be of the
following:
a) Siemens Grey (RAL 7032) Powder coating
b) Panel internal shall have a finish color of Brilliant
White/Siemens Grey(RAL 7032)
c) Channel Base shall have a finish color of black
9. Name Plates : Front of Panel Instrument name plates shall be black

laminated plastic with white core. Nameplate shall be
provided on the rear of the panel also.
1 08.03.07
Page 5 of 9

Dimensions & Material Of Construction
1. Panel dimension : 800(W) mm x 1800(H) mm x 800(D) mm (Including channel

base of 100 mm height).
2. Front Plate : 3.2 mm thick CRCA steel/5.0 mm thick HRCA steel, Welded
to frame
3. Side & Top plates : 2 mm thick CRCA steel, Welded to frame
4. Door panel : 1.6-mm thick CRCA steel. Double side hinged, concealed
hinges and flush pull chrome-plated handles.
5. Cable gland plate : 3 mm thick CRCA steel
6. Anchor Bolt Size : By Vendor
7. Channel Base : 100X50X6 MM, MS material
8. Lifting Eye Bolt : Required (4 Nos.)
Note : Panel shall be electrically isolated from base channel
1 08.03.07
Page 6 of 9

Wiring
1. Type : General purpose, Intrinsically safe
2. Wiring details
230 VAC UPS Wiring

External to Cabinet : Min. 3x2.5 mm²/copper conductor PVC insulated
armoured
Inside the cabinet : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC
insulated
240 VAC Wiring (Non UPS) : 3x2.5mm² copper conductor PVC insulated armoured
Low Voltage internal : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC
insulated to cabinet
3. Signal Wiring
3.1 External to Cabinet : 1.0 mm² twin twisted individual shielded overall s
shielded with overall drain PVC insulated armoured
3.2 Inside the cabinet : Multi stranded min. 0.5mm² copper conductor
PVC insulated twin twisted and shielded.
4. Terminal type : Screw clamp type with Pressure Plate

4.1 Terminal size for signal : Suitable for min. 2.5 mm² size conductor
4.2 Terminal size for power dist. : Suitable for min. 4.0 mm² size conductor and
higher as per actual cable sizes.
4.3 Terminal block : Clip-on type
5. Wiring colour code :
5.1 Power Supply : Hot – Red, Neutral - Black, Earth – Green
5.2 DC Wiring : Positive – Red, Negative – Black
5.3 Alarm System : White
5.4 Control & shutdown : Yellow
5.5 Analog signals (IS) : Light blue
5.6 Identification of Cable
Termination : Criss – Crossing PVC tube Ferruling.
1 08.03.07
Page 7 of 9

Specifications For Accessories

1. MCB
Make : SIEMENS/ L&T/ MDS.
Qty. : As required.
2. Lamps
Type : LED Type
Voltage : 24 VDC
Make / Model No. : By Vendor
Quantity : As reqd.
3. Push Buttons
Type : Spring return
Contacts : 2 No. + 2 NC
Contact rating : 2A 24V DC
Make : ESBEE / SIEMENS/ TEKNIC
Color : As per standard
Quantity : As reqd.
4. Selector switch
Type : As per functional switches( 3 Position,
4 Pole)
Specification : Silver alloy gold plated contacts
To military specification with
SS shaft dust covers with water
Proof covering and contact shall
Be made before break type
Rating : 10A 230V 50Hz / 2A 24V DC
Make : KAYCEE/ SIEMENS/TEKNIC
Quantity : As reqd.
5. Relays
Type : Plug in relays
Contact Type : Potential free contact
Contact No. : 3 NO. + 3 NC
Rating : 24V DC, 5.0 A
Make / Model No. : OEN/ OMRON
Quantity : As reqd.
6. Space Heater
Rating : 60 W, 230 V AC with Thermostat.
Make : KEC
1 08.03.07
Page 8 of 9

Alarm Annunciator
Alarm annunciator shall be provided at top of panel to display group alarms, shutdown alarms etc.
Alarm annunciator shall be solid state electronic type provided with single input type logic module
and solid state audio alarm unit. It shall be provided with first out type sequence (ISA F3A) with
function test, acknowledge and reset push buttons. Each window shall be of 75 mm X 50 mm size
and provided with two lamps. Lamps shall be removable from panel front.
Quantity Of LEL Gas Detectors
DESPATCH TERMINAL
1) FLAMMABLE GAS DETECTORS.

2) EXPLOSION GAS DETECTORS.
3) WEATHERPROOOF CAP
QUANTITY
2 Nos. Open Path type & 2 Nos. Point type.
Calibration Kit : 1 set.
SV TERMINAL

QUANTITY
RECEIVING TERMINAL

QUANTITY
SPARE QUANTITY
1 08.03.07
Page 9 of 9

PETRONET LIMITED (GSPL) Data Sht No. : MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-CP
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
CONTROL PANEL & ACCESSORIES
GENERAL
Site of Installation
1. Plant and Location : Despatch Terminal (SOKHADA), SV1 (SAVALI)

& Receiving Terminal.(HALOL)
2. Owner : GSPL
3. Consultant : MECON LIMITED.
4. Location of control panel : Indoor

and accessories
5. Floor : Concrete.
6. Air conditioning : Yes.
7. Control Panels Quantity : 3 Nos.
1 08.03.07
Data Sht No. : MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-CP

CONTROL PANEL CONSTRUCTION
1. Type : Self-supported, Free Standing, enclosed cubicle and Non-

graphic.
2. Lighting : Required for inside panel with door switch.
3. Ventilation : Required with louvers backed by wirefly screen & fan. Fan
Failure alarm required
4. Doors : Rear Double removable hinged doors with flush pull type
handles & with locking arrangement.
5. Door width : Each max. of 600mm and shall suit width of the panel. Panel
width is indicative only. The sizes shall be sufficient to
accommodate the required hardware specified in MR.
However the depth and height shall be 800 & 2100
respectively.
6. Cable Entry : Bottom, Cable Glands shall be double compression type for
external armoured cables. All unused entries shall be plugged.
7. Receptacles : Required for 230VAC UPS / NON UPS
8. Painting : The finish shall include sand blasting, grinding, chemical

cleaning, surface finishing by suitable filter and two coats of
high grade lacquer with wet sanding between coats.. Two coats
of paint in panel colour shall be given for Non-glossy high
stain finish. Panel face final colour shall be of the following:
a) Siemens Grey (RAL 7032) Powder coating
b) Panel internal shall have a finish color of Brilliant
White/Siemens Grey(RAL 7032)
c) Channel Base shall have a finish color of Black
9. Name Plates : Front of Panel Instrument name plates shall be black laminated
plastic with white core. Nameplate shall be provided on the
rear of the panel also.
1 08.03.07

DIMENSIONS & MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION
1. Panel dimension : 1200(W) mm x 2200(H) mm x 800(D) mm (Including channel

base of 100 mm height).
2. Front Plate : 3.2 mm thick CRCA steel/5.0 mm thick HRCA steel, Welded
to frame
3. Side & Top plates : 2 mm thick CRCA steel, Welded to frame
4. Door panel : 1.6-mm thick CRCA steel. Double side hinged. Concealed
Hinges and Flush pull chrome-plated handles.
5. Cable gland plate : 3 mm thick CRCA steel
6. Anchor Bolt Size : By vendor
7. Channel Base : 100X50X6 MM, MS material
8. Frame base : 50mm×50mm×6mm MS material
9. Lifting Eye Bolt : Required (4 Nos.)
10. Anti Vibration Pad : Required (15mm thick rubber pad).
Note : Panel shall be electrically isolated from base frame.
1 08.03.07

WIRING
1. Type : General purpose, Intrinsically safe
2. Wiring details
230 VAC UPS Wiring

External to Cabinet : Min. 3x2.5 mm²/copper conductor PVC insulated
armoured
Inside the cabinet : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC
insulated
240 VAC Wiring (Non UPS) : 3x2.5mm² copper conductor PVC insulated armoured
Low Voltage internal : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC
insulated to cabinet
3. Signal Wiring
3.1 External to Cabinet : 1.0 mm² twin twisted individual shielded overall s
shielded with overall drain PVC insulated armoured
3.2 Inside the cabinet : Multi stranded min. 0.5mm² copper conductor
PVC insulated twin twisted and shielded.
4. Terminal type : Screw clamp type with Pressure Plate

4.1 Terminal size for signal : Suitable for min. 2.5 mm² size conductor
4.2 Terminal size for power dist. : Suitable for min. 4.0 mm² size conductor and
higher as per actual cable sizes.
4.3 Terminal block : Clip-on type
5. Wiring colour code :
5.1 Power Supply : Hot – Red, Neutral - Black, Earth – Green
5.2 DC Wiring : Positive – Red, Negative – Black
5.3 Alarm System : White
5.4 Control & shutdown : Yellow
5.5 Analog signals (IS) : Light blue
5.6 Identification of Cable
Termination : Criss – Crossing PVC tube ferruling.
BULK POWER SUPPLY UNIT
1. Input : 230 VAC, 50 Hz.(UPS)
2. Output : 24 VDC
3. Rating : 1 KW Min. (25% spare capacity)
4. Quantity : 2 Nos. for each Panel (Dual Redundant)
1 08.03.07

SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCESSORIES

1. MCB
Make : SIEMENS/ L&T/ MDS.
Qty. : As required.
2. Lamps
Type : LED Type
Voltage : 24 VDC
Make / Model No. : By Vendor
Quantity : As reqd.
3. Push Buttons
Type : Spring return
Contacts : 2 No. + 2 NC
Contact rating : 2A 24V DC
Make : ESBEE / SIEMENS/ TEKNIC
Color : As per standard
Quantity : As reqd.
4. Selector switch
Type : As per functional switches( 3 Position,
4 Pole)
Specification : Silver alloy gold plated contacts
To military specification with
SS shaft dust covers with water
Proof covering and contact shall
Be made before break type
Rating : 10A 230V 50Hz / 2A 24V DC
Make : KAYCEE/ SIEMENS/TEKNIC
Quantity : As reqd.
5. Relays
Type : Plug in relays
Contact Type : Potential free contact
Contact No. : 3 NO. + 3 NC
Rating : 24V DC, 5.0 A
Make / Model No. : OEN/ OMRON
Quantity : As reqd.
6. Space Heater
Rating : 60 W, 230 V AC with Thermostat.
Make : KEC
1 08.03.07

Data Sht.No.: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-IND
INDICATOR
SL .NO DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS TO BE CONFIRMED BY VENDOR
1.0 Type Microprocessor based
Dual Channel Indicating
2.0 Mounting Flush Panel
3.0 Enclosure General Purpose
4.0 To be used in intrinsically With Extl. Zener Barrier/Isolator
safe system
5.0 Power for transmitters 24V DC (From Bulk Power Supply/SDC)
6.0 Inputs 4-20mA DC (2 wire)
7.0 Outputs 4-20mA DC
8.0 Capacity No. of Analog inputs
Other inputs *
Other outputs – Retransmission *
Max. No. of Alarms settings
9.0 Facia Details B.ar graph display with 4 digit 7 segment
LCD/LED digital display of PV.
9.1 Indications Continuos
Bargraph
Digital
Required for Process variable
10.0 Scan time 500 msec. Max
11.0 A/D converter Resolution 1500 steps min.
12.0 D/A converter Resolution 1500 steps min.
13.0 Load driving capability 750 ohms
14.0 Configuration From Indicator
15.0 On line diagnostic messages Required
16.0 Memory type If retentive:-
Erasive
Erasing by
If volatile:-
Battery backup for min. 72 hrs.
Battery type chargeable
Continuous.
Battery type chargeable
Configuration protection time (In case of power
failure)
Battery drain indication required.
17.0 Indicator functions
Arithmatic functions Addition / Subtraction
Multiplication
Division
Square Root
Bias
Summation (Integration)
Linearisation Sq. Root Extraction
Flow computation
(Press and Temp. compensation)
18.0 Power supply 24 V DC
19.0 Accuracy +/- 0.5%
20.0 Repeatability + / - 0.5 %
21.0 Qty. & Tag No. As per the P& ID and attached sheet.
22.0 Make & Model *
• - By contractor / vendor
1 08.03.2007

Sl No. Tag No. Range

1 42-PI -0101 0 – 100 KG / CM2
2 42-PI – 0102 0 – 100 KG / CM2
3 42-TI – 0101 0 – 100 ° C
4 42-PI – 0501 0 – 100 KG / CM2
5 42-PI – 0502 0 – 100 KG / CM2
6 42-TI - 0501 0 – 100 ° C
7 42-TI - 0502 0 – 100 ° C
8 42-PI – 0603 0 – 100 KG / CM2
9 42-PI – 0604 0 – 100 KG / CM2
10 42-TI – 0601 0 – 100 ° C
11 42-TI - 0602 0 – 100 ° C
1 08.03.2007

Data Sht No: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-SDC
SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION CARDS

SL.NO. DESCRIPTION DETAILS
1. TYPE DUAL OUTPUT CURRENT ISOLATOR
2. INPUT 4-20 mA D.C
3. OUTPUT TWO NOS. 4-20 mA ISOLATED OUTPUTS AS MINIMUM
4. ISOLATION BETWEEN INPUT & OUTPUT, BETWEEN INPUT & OUTPUT

WITH POWER SUPPLY, BETWEEN OUTPUT & OUTPUT
5. ACCURACY ± 0.1%
6. POWER SUPPLY 24 V DC
7. TRANSMITTER POWER SUPPLY 24 V DC
8. OUTPUT LOAD DRIVING CAPACITY 750 Ohms MINIMUM FOR EACH OUTPUT
9. MOUNTING DIN RAIL (BACK OF THE PANEL)
10. MAKE MTL/P&F
11. MODEL NO By Vendor
12. QUANTITY As Reqd.
Data Sht No: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-SDC 1 08.03.07


Data Sht No. - MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ZB-01
ZENER BARRIERS
SL. NO. DESCRIPTION DETAILS

1. TYPE SHUNT DIODE SAFETY BARRIER
2. APPLICATION INSTRUMENT TYPE & (i) 4-20 mA Analog I/P from 2 wire transmitter–
QUANTITY
(ii) 4-20 mA Analog O/P to I/P Converter – .
3. HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION ZONE-I, GR. I, IIA & IIB, T3

4. APPROVAL AUTHORITY FM/BASEEFA/CSA/SA/CMRS
5. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 24 V DC
6. FUSE RATING *
7. END TO END RESISTANCE *
8. POLARITY *
10. OPERATING TEMP -20° C TO 60° C

11. OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE *
12. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT *
14. MAKE MTL/P&F
15. MODEL NO *
16 Qty. As Reqd.
NOTE:- * --By Vendor
1 08.03.07

ZENER BARRIERS

2. APPLICATION INSTRUMENT TYPE & RTD (4-WIRE) –

QUANTITY

5. SUPPLY VOLTAGE
6. FUSE RATING *

8. POLARITY *

14. MAKE MTL/P&F
15. MODEL NO *
16 Qty. As Reqd.
NOTES:- * --By Vendor
1 08.03.07
Data Sht No. - MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ZB-02 REV DATE BY CHKD APPD
.

ZENER BARRIERS

2. APPLICATION INSTRUMENT TYPE & (i) Limit switches (SPDT snap action Micro type) –
QUANTITY
(ii) R/L status of AV-valves -
(iii) Push buttons for AV-Valves –
(iv) Pig Signaller –
(v) Spares –

5. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 24 V DC
6. FUSE RATING *
8. POLARITY *

14. MAKE MTL/P&F
15. MODEL NO *
Qty. As Reqd
NOTE:- * --By Vendor
1 08.03.07
Data Sht No. - MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ZB-03 REV DATE BY CHKD APPD
.
PROJECT: PADAMLA-GODHARA (HALOL)
MECON LTD. DELHI
NATURAL GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)
CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE Data Sht. No.:
PETRONET LIMITED(GSPL) MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ANN
ALARM ANNUNCIATOR
GENERAL DISPLAY
1 TYPE Audio & Visual 12 Type Back Lighted Bull's Eye
2 Mounting Panel Mounting 13 Alarm per Window One ( X ) Two
3 Enclosure Gen Purpose 14 Lamps Per Alarm One Two ( X )
Intrinsically
4 15 Window Size As per P& Id.
Safe
Area
5 Safe 16 Inscription Lines / Window
Classification
Character / Line
6 Cabinet Style Side Swing Door
OPTIONS
7 Volatage 24V DC, Pot. Free 17 Hooter Explosion Proof Gen Purpose ( X )
Intrinsically Safe Weather Proof
Integral Separate
POWER SUPPLY UNIT Pneumatic Solid State
8 Location With Logic / Separate Industrial Tone adj( X )
Volume Adj ( X )
9 Enclosure General Purpose Solenoid Valve for Hooter
Push Buttons per

10 Power Supply 24V DC 18
Cabinet
Test ( X ) Acknowledge ( X )
LOGIC UNIT
Reset ( X ) Integral / Remote
11 Logic Integral ( X )
Remote 19 No. of Hooters One
Notes
1 . No. of Windows to be Decided by Vendor From P&ID and Control Panel Specifications. 10% Spare window shall be provided fully
wired upto Terminal Block in CP.
2.Refer General Specifications / Write up for Details
3. Vendor to Submit the List of Alarms in the Filled in the data Sheet for Review / Approval.
1 08.03.07
Data Sht. No.:MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ANN
REV DATE BY CHKD
APPENDIX-III
QAP FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS ETC.

PIPELINE PROJECT
LIST OF QAP FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS
1. SCRAPPER TRAP
2. BALL VALVES
3. FLANGE & FITTING
4. REDUCER
5. GLOBE VALVES
6. CHECK VALVES
7. ASSORTED PIPE
8. FLOW TEE
9. INSULATING JOINT
10. SPECTACLE BLIND
11. PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE
12. LINE PIPE
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\list of qap IB of V.doc

Page 1 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. MECON Ltd.
CLIENT : M/s GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED
PO NO :
CLIENT TECH SPEC NO. : Manufacturing specification : API 5L 43RD Edition, 2004 & MECON Spec. No.: MEC/TS/D5/21/012D Rev-0
QAP NO : 05/28/23JT/M-001
SIZE
OD (MM) WALL THICK.(MM) SPECIFICATION GR
323.9 6.4 API 5L X-65 (PSL-2)
323.9 7.1 API 5L X-65 (PSL-2)
323.9 8.7 API 5L X-65 (PSL-2)
219.1 7.1 API 5L X-65 (PSL-2)
Approved By
Prepared By Reviewed and Approved by
Page 2 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN
QAP NO. : 05/28/23JT/M-001 SIZE :- SIZE: AS PER COVER PAGE
CLIENT:- GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED SPEC. AS PER COVER PAGE
CHARACTERISTICS/ TYPES OF REFERENCE

S.NO. DESCRIPTION TESTING FREQUENCY ACCEPTANCE CRIETERIA FORMAT OF RECORDS SCOPE OF INSPECTION
CHECK STANDERED/SPEC.
MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
1 RAW MATERIAL i) Chem. Analysis Customer Tech. Spec.Cl 1 sample / heat As per attached 'Annexure A' & Client Mill Test Certificate R R
(Fully filled Cast, 6.1.1 Specification
Grain ASTM 7 or fine)
ii) Carbon Eqivalent (CE) Customer Tech. Spec. and 1 sample / heat CEL (PCM) < 0.2 Mill Test Certificate R R
CE(IIW) _< 4.0
API 5L Cl. 6.1.3 (Boron content shall be considered even it is
less than 0.001%)
iii)Tensile Test ASTM A 370 / API 5L Table- 1 sample / heat As per attached 'Annexure B' & Client Mill Test Certificate R R
3B/Cust Tech spec 6.2.1 Specification
iv) Grain Size ASTM A - 370 1 sample / heat ASTM 7 or final as per ASTM E-112 Mill Test Certificate R R
2 Mill Control i) Chem. Analysis Customer Tech. Spec.Cl 1 Sample/Heat As per attached 'Annexure A' Chemical Test Report W R
ii)Mill Control Tensile Test ASTM A 370 / API 5L Table- 1 Samples/Heat As per attached 'Annexure B' Mechanical Test Report W 10%W
3B/Cust Tech spec 6.2.1
iii) Ultrasonic testing (not

mandatory if UT of pipe is done)
a) Skelp edged API 5 L & Customer TS. & Each coil No imperfection of length less than 20 mm Strip UT report W W
BS 5996-1993 level E2 Ref. shall be considered for population density
Standard 6.35 mm Dia. X assesment. Maximum length of imperfection
1/2 t flat bottom hide. shall be in any direction shall not exceed 30
mm. Maximum area of individual
imperfection shall not exceed 560 sq. mm.
Maximum population density (No. of
imperfection smaller than the max.
permissible imperfection size and longer
than 20 mm / one mtr. length shall not
exceed 4) Disposition of defects shall be as
per API 5L 9.9.
Approved By
Page 3 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN

MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
b) Skelp body API 5 L & Customer TS. & Each coil No individual imperfection that does not Strip UT report W W
BS 5996-1993 level B4 Ref. exceed all the following dimension area =
Standard Eight slots of 35 300 sq. mm, length = 35 mm width = 8 mm
mm X 8 mm x 1/2 t size is parallel to scan Maximum no. of
imperfection per 1 mm x 1 mm = 10.
Maximum area of any individual discontinuity
shall not exceed 1000 sq. mm. Any
imperfection exceeding 100 mm length shall
not be acceptable and any planner
imperfection not parallel to the plate surface
is not acceptable. Disposition of defects shall
be as per API 5L 9.9.
3 PIPE i) Welding Parameter Approved MPS for pipe ( At least once per coil As per approved Procedure. Log Book W M
Minimum Welding
Frequency-250 KHz)
a) Time
b) Welding speed
c) Current / Voltage
d) Welding Temperature
e) Heat treatment temperature
ii) Seam Normalizing API 5L Spec. Cl. 5.1.3.3.2 Once Per coil 800-960 deg C Rolling Report W R
& 5.4 of Cust Tech Spec
iii) Flattening Test API 5L Cl 6.2.2 & 6.2.2 of 4 SAMPLES /COIL, 2 I) Flatten to 1/2 of original OD without weld Rolling Report W W
cust tech spec SAMPLE EACH FROM opening.
START AND LAST PIPE II) Continue flattening to 1/3 of Specified OD
OF COIL. THE without cracks other than in weld.
SAMPLES SHALL BE iii) Continue flattening until opposite walls of
FLATTENED AT 0 AND pipe meet. No evidence of lamination on
90 DEG. IN CASE OF material during the test.
WELD STOP, 1 SAMPLE
FROM EACH CROP END
SHALL BE TESTED AT
90 DEG
iv) Reverse Bend Test Customer Tech. Spec. One Sample Per coil A specimen which fractures completely Rolling Report W W
6.2.7 prior to the specified engagement of
mandral and specimen, or which reveals
cracks or ruptures in the weld or HAZ
longer than 4 mm shall be rejected.
Cracks less than 6 mm long at the
edges of the specimen shall not be
cause for rejection.
Approved By
Page 4 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN

MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
v) Hydrostatic Test Customer Tech. Spec.9.4 Each pipe( Calibration of No leakage for 15 sec. Holding Time Hydro Test Report and W W
pressure guage weekly) (Pressure calculation based on 95% SMYS). Graph
P=2St*0.95/D, where
S=SMYS Hydro
Pressure as per attached 'Annexure C'
vi) Cyclic Hydro Test Customer Tech. Spec. 9.4 1 Pipe every 500 pipes Testing shall be done as per approved Cyclic Test Report W W
including one PQT test procedures. There should not be any
pipe leakage or bulging of the pipes or flaring up
of the pipe ends.
vii) Burst Test Customer Tech. Spec. 9.4 one pipe for entire As per approved procedure Burst Test Report W W
at 130% of SMYS campaign (lowest Pressure as per attached 'Annexure C'
thickness)
viii) Product Analysis (Spectro) Customer Tech. Spec.Cl 2 Sample per Heat per lot As per attached 'Annexure A' Chemical Test Report W R
6.1.1 of 50 pipes. One at the
beginning of heat and one
at the end of heat.
ix) Tensile Test (Transverse Body ASTM A 370 / API 5L Table- 1/50 pipes/ heat As per attached 'Annexure B' Mechanical Test Report W W
& Transverse Weld) 3B/Cust Tech spec 6.2.1
x) Metallographic Examination
a) Microscopic/macro Analysis Customer Tech. Spec. 1/50 pipes/ heat No untempered martensite remains & Metellographic W W
6.2.6 uniformly distributed ferritic structure shall be Examination Report
established and fusion line shall be clearly
visible. Grain size shall be finer than 7.
Approved By
Page 5 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN

MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
b) Vicker Hardness Test-HV 10 Customer Tech. Spec. 1/50 pipes/ heat Maximum Hardness 250 HV 10 Max. The Metellographic W W
6.2.6 maximum difference in hardness between Examination Report
the base metal and any reading taken on
weld or HAZ shall be less than 80 HV 10
xi) Fracture Toughness Test( API 5L SR5 & Cust Tech One set per lot of 100 Absorbed energy at -20, 25 & 0 Impact Test Report W W
Charpy V-notch Impact Test-)- at 0 -Spec 6.2.5 pipes per Heat. Each set deg.Centigrade (for full size specimen ) as
20 and - 25 degree C for first day shall consisting of 3 per Appendix d' attached. and percentage
production from body, FL, FL+2 specimen with notch in shear area for base metal- min 75 %. And
and FL+ 4mm base material, . For 8" x Heat Average 85 % Minimum.
7.1, 3 specimen with
notch in base material,
pieces with notch in fusion
line, 3 pieces with notch in
fusion line+2 mm, Fusion
Line +4 mm.
xii) Drop weight

Tear Test (DWTT) API 5L SR 6.2 through 6.8 The test shall be At least 80% of the heats shall be exhibit & W W
conducted at ( - ) 20°C. fracture appearance shear area of 75% or
more for specified test temperature.
xiii) Ultrasonic Test

a) Automatic Ultrasonic Test Customer Tech. Spec. 9.8 Each pipe weld area N5 longitudinal notch each at the center of Final Ultrasonic Test W W
(100%) in auto weld weld seam on inside and outside surface of Report-Weld Seam
tracking condition. the pipe. A drilled hole each-one at edge
of the seam and other at the centre of weld
seam of daimeter equal to 1.6 mm.
Acceptance Limit-100% of reference std.
b) Ends UT (Manual) do Each pipe, pipe weld at Ref Std. -1/4" Dia FBH for lamination & 1.6 -do- W W
ends (100 mm from both mm drilled hole for weld
ends) , sprayed portion in Acceptance Limit-100% of reference std.
auto UT , & 25 mm
circumferentially by TR
probe for lamination
Approved By
Page 6 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN

MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
c) Pipe Body UT (Not mandatory if do 100 % Body each pipe Ref Standerd 35 x 8 x t/2 Flat Bottom Notch. Ultrasonic Test Report-Pipe W W
UT of skelp edge and body is Acceptance as per BS 5996 Body
done)
d) Magnetic Particle Inspection do Bevel Face & 100 mm No lamination and cracks. The Residual Magnetic Particle W 10%W
circumferential width from Megnetism shall not exceed 20 Gauss Inspection Report
the end measured by Gauss Meter.
e) Radiography ( X Ray) do 0.5% of length Reference Standered: ASTM Hole Type/ ISO X Ray Inspection Report W 100% Film review
Wire Type IQI. Acceptance Criteria:
Cracks, Lack of panetration , LOF and
imperfection greater in size and /or
distribution shown in table 21 & 22 of API 5L
shall be considered defect.. Such defect
shall be dispossed of AS per API 5L Cl 9.9
f) Manual UT of Pipe weld (100 % do One pipe in 200 pipes Ref Std. -1.6 mm drilled hole for weld Manual Ultrasonic Test W W
Weld seam) Acceptance Limit-100% of reference std. Report
xiv) Dimensions
a) Outer Dia. (mm) API 5L & Customer Tech. Once per four hr. Body: +/-2.4 mm Inspection Report W 10%W
Spec. 7.2 production in a shift End : -0.40 mm, +1.60 mm
-0.80 mm, +2.40 mm
b) Thickness(mm) Customer Tech. Spec.Cl Each Pipe Nominal Thickness -0.0%, +10.0% do W W
7.3 and annex. of spec.
c) Straightness API 5L five pipes per shift 0.2 % of length do W 10%W
d) Length Customer Tech. Spec. 7.5 Each Pipe 11.5-12.5 M with a average of 12 M do W 10%W
minimum. Sample pipe length 10.5 M is also
acceptable
e)Weight Table 10 of API 5L Each Pipe (+10%, -3.5%) of Standerd Weight do W 10%W
f) Out of roundness Cl 7.2 of cust tech spec Each Pipe -0.79 mm, +2 mm do W W
Approved By
Page 7 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN

MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
xv) Workmanship & defects
a)Dents API-5L Cl.7.8.1 & cust Each Pipe The depth of dent shall not be more than do W 10%W
Tech spec 7.8.1 3mm or grinding / jacking work shall not be
allowed on pipe to remove the dent. Dents on
weld and HAZ are not acceptable.
b) Off set of plate edges API-5L Cl.7.8.2 Each pipe Radial offset of plate edges plus flash trim do W 10%W
shall not be greater than 1.5 mm
c) Height of Flash API-5L Each Pipe The height of flash at weld seam shall be - do W 10%W
0, +1.0 mm.and Outside flash shall be
trimmed to flush condition.
d)Trimmed Inside Flash API-5L Cl.7.8.7 3 Times per operating The Depth of groove after the resulting of do W 10%W
shift internal flash shall be 0.40 mm max ,
e) Hard Spot API 5L Cl 7.8.8 Each Pipe Hardness Max 345 HV10 at hard spot. Min. do W 10%W
Dimension in any direction shall not be more
then 50.8 mm if it exceed then section of
pipe containing the hard spot shall be cut-off
as cylinder.
e) Cracks, Sweats and Leaks API 5L Cl 7.8.9 Each Pipe All cracks, sweats and leaks shall be Inspection Report W 10%W
considered defects.
f) Lamination API 5L Cl 7.8.10 Each Pipe No lamination > 6.4 mm at the bevel face, do W 10%W
Geater than 19.0 mm at the body of the pipe
and area not greater than 7742 mm2.
g) Arc Burn Cust Tech Spec. Cl 7.8.11 Each Pipe Arc burns are shall be buffed with wire brush do W 10%W
or sanding disc and etched with 5% nital
solution, however , not more than 3 arc burns
per pipe is permitted, However UT shall be
performed to check for harmful defects at arc
area.
Approved By
Page 8 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN

MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
h) Other Defects Cust Tech Spec. Cl 7.8.14 Each Pipe Any Imperfection depth >5 % of Wall do W 10%W
thickness shall be considered unacceptable
xvi) End Bevelling Cust Tech Spec. Cl 7.9.3 Each Pipe I) Bevel angel 32.5 deg. , (+2deg. ,-2 deg) do W 10%W
ii) Root face 1.60 mm (+ / - 0.80 mm)
xvii) Marking API 5L Spec. Cl. 10 & Each pipe Marking shall be as per API 5l. Marking shall - W R
Customer Tech. Spec.10 be in English. It shall include Manufacturer’s
name, API monogram, Manufacturing date,
Nominal Diameter, Wall Thickness, Grade,
Hydrostatic test pressure, Pipe Number,
Heat Number, Length ASL No etc. Marking
shall be done by paint stencil on outside
surface. Additionally pipe no & Length shall
be marked on ID surface at one end by
Permanant marker.
xviii) Coating and End Protection As per PO Each Pipe Both ends of pipe shall be protected by - W -
plastic/Metallic end protectors. The pipe
shall be delivered bare.
xix) Pipe Loading API RP 5L1 The finished pipes shall be loaded on a - W -
trailor. The pipe shall be placed on wooden
blocks.
xx) Test Reports and Certifications API 5L Each Pipe - Mechanical, NDT, Hydro W R
Test Reports as per API
5L SR 15 and Raw
material TC
Approved By
Page 9 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN

MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
4 First Day Production Cust Spec. Annex.-II (New) Two pipe each from 3 As above W W
Tests Different Heats
I) Chemical Composition
a) Heat Analysis One per Heat
b) product Analysis Two per Heat
ii) Mechanical test

a) Raw Materail Tensile Test One per heat
b) Product Tensile Test 2 Set Per Pipe
c) Flattening Test One Set Per Pipe, One at
90 Deg and One at 0 Deg
d) Macro,Micro, Vicker Hardness All Selected Pipe( 6

Test sample from each Pipe
end). Out of these , 2
specimen shall be tested
for hardness from each
pipe.
e) Charpy V Notch Impact Test one set ( 3 Transverse

specimen of Weld, HAZ,
body) per Pipe at -25 Deg
C.
f) Transition curve for Impact One Pipe
f) Cyclic hydro Test One pipe

g) Reverse Bend test 2 Sample per pipe
iii) Hydro Test All Selected Pipe
iv) UT Testing(Body & Weld) All Selected Pipe
Weldablity test
v) MPI All Selected Pipe
vi) Dimensional and Visual All Selected Pipe
R=Review of Records W=Witness W/R=Witness at Random M= Monitor
Approved By
Page 10 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN

MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
ANNEXURE A
Chemical Requirements
Element Maximum %
C 0.15
Mn 1.60
Si 0.45
S 0.01
P 0.02
Nb 0.05
V 0.05
Ti 0.10
Al 0.07
Cu 0.35
Ni 0.20
Mo 0.08
Cr 0.20
N 0.012
B 0.0005
V+Nb+Ti 0.15
Cu+Ni 0.4
AL/N 2 (Min)
CE 0.40
CE(Pcm) 0.20
Minimum for Si is not applicable for Aluminium Killed Steel
Approved By
Page 11 of 11
QUALITY
ASSURANCE PLAN

MFRS./
TPIA
SUPPLIER
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
ANNEXURE 'B'
GRADE YIELD STRENGTH TENSILE % ELONGATION

(Mpa) STRENGTH (Mpa) ( 2" GL)
X65 448 - 600 531 - 758 20
THE RATIO OF YS AND TS SHALL BE 0.90 Max
ANNEXURE 'C' ANNEXURE 'D'
OD WALL HYDRO PRESSURE BURST TEST

(MM) THICK.(MM) (MPa) PRESSURE Absorbed Energy (J) / Shear Area %
(MPa)
323.9 6.4 16.81 23.00 Range
18.65 25.52 Item -20°C
0 °C
323.9 7.1 /-25°C
323.9 8.7 22.86 31.28 Absorbed Energy Base AVE 100 35
219.1 7.1 26.13 35.75 Metal & Weld Sin (Min) 80 28
Av. 3
85% 85%
Shear Area specimen
Sin (Min) 75% 75%
Approved By
Page 1 of 1
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN QAP No. : 05/28/23JT/M-002 Rev. 0

SEAMLESS PIPE (A 333 Gr. B) Date :
Prepared : Check :
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. Approved :
MECON Limited
Sr. Frequency * Reference
Description Applied Standards Document Type Vendor TPIA / Client Remarks
No. (Extent of Check) Documents
A Raw Material Inspection
1 Manufacture of Pipes ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 Manufacturer Test Certificate MECON's TS and Test Certificate H/R R
relevant Std.
2 Chemical Analysis ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 1 sample to be check tested MECON's TS and Test Certificate H/R R
for each Heat Lot at Lab. relevant Std.
3 Mechanical & Tensile Test ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 1 sample to be check tested MECON's TS and Test Certificate H/R R
for each Heat Lot at Lab. relevant Std.
4 Impact (-20°) Test ASTM A 370 Review & correlation of Test MECON's TS and Test Certificate H/R R
Certificate with materials relevant Std.
B In-Process Inspection
1 Impact (-20°) & Flattening Test ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 2 sets of 3 specimens per MECON's TS and Test Certificate H W 1 Sample per each
each Heat Lot to be tested at relevant Std. Heat Lot
Lab.
2 Chemical Analysis ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 One pipe per lot 5% from MECON's TS and Test Certificate H R
each lot relevant Std.
3 Hydrostatic Test Tech. Spec. All pipes MECON's TS and Test Certificate H W
relevant Std.
4 Non Distructive Testing ASTM A 333 All pipes MECON's TS and Test Certificate H R
relevant Std.
5 Visual & Dimension Test ASTM A 530 All pipes MECON's TS and Test Certificate H W
relevant Std.
6 Marking & Upgrading Test MSS SP 25 All marking shall be checked MECON's TS and Test Certificate H W
by TPI & released for relevant Std.
despatch
7 Final Inspection Tech. Spec. All pipes MECON's TS and Test Certificate H W
relevant Std.
8 Documentation for Despatch Tech. Spec.
All marking shall be checked Inspection Report Inspection Release note H H
Clearance by TPI & released for
despatch
9 Inspection Release note Tech. Spec. Submit TC & Lab. Test Inspection Report Inspection Release note H H
Reports
LEGENDS : R : REVIEW, W : WITNESS, H - HOLD, TPIA : INSPECTION AGENCY
* Notes : The frequency given above is applicable only if the heat lot is established alongwith original MTC. Otherwise all above test shall be done for each pipe.
Prepared By Approved By Reviewed and Approved BY

Page 1 of 1
QAP No. : 05/28/23JT/M-003 Rev. 0
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN Date :
FLANGES Prepared : Check :
Approved :
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd.
MECON Limited
Inspection Agency
Ref. No. Operation Characteristic Category Type Method Check Extent of Check Reference Document Acceptance Norms Format of Record Remarks
Vendor TPIA
1 Review of PO / Drg. Review of PO Doc. / Drg. Critical Scrutiny / Varification Each doc. of P.O. Appl. Spec. / STD - - R - Check
2 Raw Material 1 Manufacturing process of steel Critical Varification with M.T.C. Each Heat Appl. Material As per tender Material Test R R MTC Register
Specification / STD document / Material Certificate and MI Tractability to be
Specification / STD Register checked.
2 Chemical Composition Spectro Analysis Each Heat
3 Forgins 1 Reduction Ratio Critical Measurement Minimum 1 per size Standard Manufacturing Std. Procedure Forging process P R
Procedure record / internal
Register
2 Temperature During Forging Optical Pyrometer As per Std. AMSE
B16.5
3 Forging Dimensions Measurement
4 Heat Treatment (as Heat Treatment Cycle Major Verification of Heat Each Heat / HT Lot As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / T.P.M. Sheet, Heat P/W R Test Specimen to
applicable) Treatment Cycle Material Specification / Material Specification / Treatment Graph Mark after Verification
STD STD to Heat Treatment.
5 Mechanical Testing 1 Tensile Test (TS, YS, RA%, Major Tensile Testing One / HT / Lot / Group As per Tender Doc. / Std. Procedure Mechanical Test H W
(as applicable) EL%) Material Specification / Report & T.C.
STD
2 Hardness IMPACT Testing As per Material As per Material
Specification ASTM Specification ASTM
A350 LF2 A350 LF2
3 IMPACT (-20 °C)
6 NDT 1 DP Major DP Testing 100% ASTM E-165 As per article 9.2 of Mechanical Test W W
appendix 9 of ASME Report & T.C.
Spec. VIII, Div. 2
2 UT Ultrasonic Flaw ASTM E-388 AM 203.2 of ASME
Detector Spec. VIII, Div. 2
3 MPI MPI Testing ASTM A-275 As per article 9.1 of
appendix 9 of ASME
Spec. VIII, Div. 2
7 Final Inspection Visual & Dimensions Major Visual / Measurement 100% As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Dimension Report P/W W
Material Specification / Material Specification / Format
STD STD
8 Making, Colour Making, Colour Coding, Rust Major Visual 100% As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Packing List & Ruboff P/W R
Coding, Rust Prevension & Packing Material Specification / Material Specification / 1 item per size
Prevension & STD STD
Packing
9 Certification TPI Inspection Release Note & Major Verification of PO 100% As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Release Note & TC P P
TC Spec. & QAP Material Specification / Material Specification /
STD STD
10 Shipping Verification of surface coating / Major - - As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Shipping documents P -
type of packing Material Specification / Material Specification /
STD STD
LEGENDS : W : WITNESS, M : MONITOR, R : REVIEW, P - PERFORM, TPIA : INSPECTION AGENCY, SPEC.: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Prepared By Approved By Reviewed and Approved By

Page 1 of 1
QAP No. : 05/28/23JT/M-004 Rev. 0
CS FLANGES (ABOVE 10") Prepared : Check :
Approved :
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd.
MECON Limited
Inspection Agency
Ref. No. Operation Characteristic Category Type Method Check Extent of Check Reference Document Acceptance Norms Format of Record Remarks
Vendor TPIA
1 Review of PO / TDC Review of PO Doc. / Drg. & Critical Scrutiny / Varification Each doc. of P.O. Appl. Spec. / STD - - R - Check
/ Drg. TDC
2 Raw Material 1 Manufacturing process of steel Critical Varification with M.T.C. Eact Heat Appl. Material As per tender Material Test R R MTC Register
Specification / STD document / Material Certificate and MI Tractability to be
Specification / STD Register checked.
2 Chemical Composition Spectro Analysis Eact Heat
3 Forgins 1 Reduction Ratio Critical Measurement Minimum 1 per size Standard Manufacturing Std. Procedure Forging process P R
Procedure record / internal
Register
2 Temperature During Forging Optical Pyrometer As per Std. AMSE
B16.5
3 Forging Dimensions Measurement 100%
4 Heat Treatment (as Heat Treatment Cycle Major Verification of Heat Each Heat / HT Lot As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / T.P.M. Sheet, Heat P/W R Test Specimen to
applicable) Treatment Cycle ASTM A694 F 65 or ASTM A694 F 65 or Treatment Graph Mark after Verification
A860 WPHY 65 A860 WPHY 65 to Heat Treatment.
5 Mechanical Testing 1 Tensile Test (TS, YS, RA%, Major Tensile Testing One / HT / Lot / Group As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Mechanical Test H W
(as applicable) EL%) Material Specification / Material Specification / Report & T.C.
STD STD
2 Hardness IMPACT Testing As per Material As per Material
Specification ASTM Specification ASTM
A350 LF2 A350 LF2
3 IMPACT (-20 °C)
6 NDT 1 DP Major DP Testing 100% ASTM E-165 As per article 9.2 of Mechanical Test W W
appendix 9 of ASME Report & T.C.
Spec. VIII, Div. 2
2 UT Ultrasonic Flow ASTM E-388 AM 203.2 of ASME
Detector Spec. VIII, Div. 2
3 MPI MPI Testing ASTM A-275 As per article 9.1 of
appendix 9 of ASME
Spec. VIII, Div. 2
7 Final Inspection Visual & Dimensions Major Visual / Measurement 100% As per Tender Doc. / ASME B16.5 / ASME Dimension Report P/W W
Material Specification / B16.47 A Format
STD
8 Making, Colour Making, Colour Coding, Rust Major Visual 100% As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Packing List & Ruboff P/W R
Coding, Rust Prevension & Packing Material Specification / Material Specification / 1 item per size
Prevension & STD STD
Packing
9 Certification TPI Inspection Release Note & Major Verification of PO 100% As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Release Note & TC P P
TC Spec. & QAP Material Specification / Material Specification /
STD STD
10 Shipping Verification of surface coating / Major - - As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Shipping documents P -
type of packing Material Specification / Material Specification /
STD STD
LEGENDS : W : WITNESS, M : MONITOR, R : REVIEW, RW : RANDOM WITNESS, TPIA : INSPECTION AGENCY, SPEC.: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Page 1 of 1
QAP No. : 05/28/23JT/M-005 Rev. 0

QUALITY CONTROL TABLE Date :
BUTT WELDED FITTING Prepared : Check :
MECON Limited
Inspection
Sr. No. Inspection & Testing Procedure Acceptance Criteria and Certificate Remarks
Vendor TPIA / Client
1 Chemical Analysis As per Tender Doc. / Mill Test Certificate R R
Material Spec.
2 Mechanical Properties As per ASTM A370 / As per Tender Doc. P 10% W

Tender Doc. / Material 100% R
Spec.
3 R T of each Welded Fittings ASME V, Art. 2 ASME VIII-UW 51 Div.-1 P R
4 Heat Treatment As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Material Spec. P R
Material Spec.
5 Visual Test As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Material Spec. P 10% W
Material Spec. 100% R
6 Mechanical Test As per ASTM A370 / As per ASTM A370 / Tender Doc. P 10% W
Tender Doc. 100% R
7 Impact Test (at -20 °C) As per Tender Doc. As per Tender Doc. P 10% W
100% R
8 NDT Test As per Tender Doc. / As per Tender Doc. / Material Spec. P 10% W
Material Spec. 100% R
LEGENDS : R : REVIEW, W : WITNESS, H - HOLD, P : PERFORM, TPIA : INSPECTION AGENCY, SPEC.: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Notes :
1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requirements, however, equipment shall ensure and that the product also
comply to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets.
2 The supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA.
3 Supplier shall submit calibration certificates of all Instruments / Equipments to be usd for Inspection and Testing to TPIA with relevant procedures and updates
standards for TPIA review / approval.
4 TPIA will have Right to Inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above.
5 TPIA alongwith with Owner / Owner representative shall review / approve all the documents related to QAP / Quality manuals / drawings etc. submitted by supplier.
6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier / Sub vendor shall issued detailed Production and Inspection schedule including the dates and the locations to
facilite Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA to organise Inspection.

Page 1 of 1

PIG LAUNCHER / RECEIVER Date :
Prepared : Check :
MECON Limited
Acceptance Inspection
Sr. No. Inspection & Testing Procedure Document Type Remarks
Criteria Vendor TPIA / Client
1 Chemical Analysis API / ASTM E350 API / ASTM Certificate P 100% W
each heat and product
2 Mechanical Properties API / ASTM A370 API / ASTM Certificate P 100% W

on samples taken from mill.
3 R T each piece ASME V, Art. 2 ASME VIII-UW 51 Certificate P 100% W
4 Low temperature certificate charpy test ASTM A-370 2 Certificate with impact test P 100% W
35 J/cm (A) / 28
at -20°C J/cm2(S)
5 HT Each heat treatment batch ASTM A-370 API / ASTM Certificate P 100% W
6 VT Each piece ASME V, Art. 9 API / ANSI Certificate P 100% W
FINAL INSPECTION TEST

7 Hydrostatic Test As per specification 135.38 during 4 Certificate P 100% W
hours
8 Visual examination As per specification As per specification Report P 100% W
9 Dimensional examination As per specification As per specification Report P 100% W
10 Making As per specification As per specification Report P 100% W
11 Final Certificates As per specification As per specification Certificate P 100% W
LEGENDS :
RT : Radiographic Test PT : Liquid Penetrant Test VT : Visual Test

P : Performed R : Review HT : Hardness Test
TPIA : Third Party Inspection Agency
Notes :
1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requirements, however, equipment shall ensure and that the product also
comply to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets.
2 The supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of Owner / Owner's representative.
3 Supplier shall submit calibration certificates of all Instruments / Equipments to be usd for Inspection and Testing to TPIA with relevant procedures and updates
standards for TPIA review / approval.
5 TPIA alongwith with Owner / Owner representative shall review / approve all the documents related to QAP / Quality manuals / drawings etc. submitted by supplier.
6 Supplier shall in coordination with sub vendor shall issued detailed production and Inspection schedule including the dates and the locations to
facilite Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA to organise Inspection.
7 Certification requirements shall comply with European Standard EN 10204 (latest edition).

Page 1 of 2
QAP No. : 05/28/23JT/M-007 Rev. 0

GLOBE VALVE Prepared : Check :
Approved :
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. MECON Limited
COMPONENT &
SR. No. ACTIVITIES QUANTAM OF CHECK REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ACCEPTANC NORMS FORMET OF RECORD INSPECTION
OPERATIONS
VENDOR TPI
1 RAW MATERIAL
CHEM. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDARY T.C. R R
PHY. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDARY T.C. P W
VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P W
IMPACT TEST
1.1 BODY & BONNET PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT P W
(-20oC)
3 Sample < 6",
RADIOGRAPHY ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R
100% > 8"
MPT 100% - DO - - DO - INSPECTION REPORT P W
A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender A 182 F 316 + STELLITED &
CHEM. TEST PER HEAT SUPPLIER T.C. R R
doc. Tender doc.
A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender A 182 F 316 + STELLITED &
PHY. TEST PER HEAT SUPPLIER T.C. P W
doc. Tender doc.
1.2 DISC & SEAT RING
IMPACT TEST
PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT P W
(-20oC)
MPT 100% ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P W
3 Sample < 6",
RADIOGRAPHY ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R
100% > 8"
ASTM STANDARD
CHEM. TEST PER HEAT AS PER APPROVED DRAWING LAB. T.C. R R
A 182 F6
ASTM STANDARD
PHY. TEST PER HEAT AS PER APPROVED DRAWING LAB. T.C. P W
A 182 F6
1.3 SPINDLE IMPACT TEST
PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT R W
(-20oC)
3 Sample < 6",
RADIOGRAPHY ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT R R
100% > 8"
2 INTERMEDIATE AUDIT
2.1 BODY & BONNET TRANSFER OF HEAT NO. 100% ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W
R
DIMENSIONS 100% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT H W-1 sample
per size per lot
100% ASNI B 16.34 ASNI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R/W
100% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT P R/W
100% ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W
3 BROUGHTOUT ITEM
CHEMICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 SUPPLIER T.C. R R
PHYSICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 SUPPLIER T.C. R W
3.1 FASTERNS DIMENSIONS 10% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT P W
IMPACT TEST
PER LOT ASTM A 370 / A 194 GR 7 AS PER TENDER DOC. SUPPLIER T.C. P W
(-20oC)

Page 2 of 2
QAP No. : 05/28/23JT/M-007 Rev. 0

GLOBE VALVE Prepared : Check :
Approved :
COMPONENT &
OPERATIONS
VENDOR TPI
4 FINAL INSPECTION
VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P 100% W
DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 ASSEMBLY CARD P 100% W
HYD. BODY TEST 100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 ASSEMBLY CARD P 100% W
HIGH PRESSURE CLOSER
AS PER API 598 / 100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 -- DO -- P 100% W
4.1 TEST
B.S.6755 PART-1
LOW PRESSURE CLOSER
100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 -- DO -- P 100% W
TEST
BACKSEAT TEST 100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 -- DO -- P 100% W
PERFORMANCE 100% API 598 API 598 REPORT P 100% W
5 PAINTING
SURFACE PREPARATION 100% DATA SHEET DATA SHEET INSP. REPORT P 10% W, 100% R
PRIMER COAT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT INSP REPORT P 10% W, 100% R
AS PER DATA SHEET
FINAL COAT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT INSP REPORT P 10% W, 100% R
VISUAL 100% … MSS-SP-55 … P R
AS PER SPEC. / APPVD. DRG. / AS PER SPEC. / APPVD. DRG. /
6 FINAL DOCUMENTS REVIEW 100% COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE P R
ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34
AS PER APPVD. DRG. / TENDER AS PER APPVD. DRG. / TENDER
6.1 MARKING / TAG DETAILS 100% COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE P W
DOC. DOC.
LEGENDS : P - PERFORM, R - REVIEW, W - WITNESS, H - HOLD TPIA - THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY
Notes ;-
1 The Above Testing and acceptable criteria are minimum requirement, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also comply to the additional requirements as per Technical specifications and data sheets.
2 The supplier shall submit their own details QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA.
3 Supplier shall submit Calibration certificates of all Instruments/Equipments to be used for Inspection and Testing to TPIA with relavent procedures and update standards for TPIA review / Approval.
5 TPIA along with Owner / Owner representative shall review / approve all the documents related to QAP / Quality manuals / Drawings etc. submitted by supplier.
6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier / Sub vendor shall issue detailed Production and Inspection schedule indicating the dates and the locations to facilities Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA to organise Inspection.

Page 1 of 2
QAP No. : 05/28/23JT/M-008 Rev. 0

BALL VALVE Prepared : Check :
Approved :
COMPONENT &
OPERATIONS
VENDOR TPI
1 RAW MATERIAL
CHEM. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDRY T.C. P R
PHY. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDRY T.C. P W
VISUAL 100% API 1104/MSS-SP-55 API 1104/MSS-SP-55 CERTIFICATE P W
IMPACT TEST
1.1 BODY & SIDE PIECE PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT P W
(-20oC)
3 Sample < 6" ASME B 16.34
RADIOGRAPHY ASME / ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R
100% > 8" ASME SEC VIII /ASME V
MPT OF BUTTENDS 100% ASME VIII /ASME V ASME SEC VIII /ASME V CERTIFICATE P W
CHEM. TEST PER HEAT A 350 LF2 + ENP & Tender doc. A 350 LF2 + ENP & Tender doc. CERTIFICATE R R
PHY. TEST PER HEAT A 350 LF2 + ENP & Tender doc. A 350 LF2 + ENP & Tender doc. CERTIFICATE P W
VISUAL 100% API 1104/MSS-SP-55 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 CERTIFICATE P W
1.2 BALL & SEAT RING IMPACT TEST
PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT R W
(-20oC)
3 Sample < 6" ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34
RADIOGRAPHY INSPECTION REPORT P R
100% > 8" ASME SEC VIII /ASME V ASME SEC VIII / SEC V
CHEM. TEST PER HEAT AS PER APR DRG. / TENDER DOC. AS PER APR DRG. / TENDER DOC. LAB T.C. P R
1.3 STEM PHY. TEST PER HEAT AS PER APR DRG. / TENDER DOC. AS PER APR DRG. / TENDER DOC. LAB T.C. P W
IMPACT TEST
(-20oC)
CHEM. TEST PER HEAT AS PER DATA SHEET 35 / 28 JOULE SUPPLIER TEST CERTIFICATE R R
PHY. TEST PER HEAT AS PER DATA SHEET AS PER DATA SHEET SUPPLIER TEST CERTIFICATE P W
1.4 PUP PIECE VISUAL 100% AS PER DATA SHEET CERTIFICATE W W
IMPACT TEST
PER LOT ASTM A 370 / GTS / PTS 35 / 28 JOULE SUPPLIER T.C. P W
(-20oC)
TRANSFER OF HEAT NO. 100% PROCESS CARD 100% W R/W
R R
2.1 BODY & SIDE PIECE W-1
DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG APPVD. DRG INSPECTION REPORT
w sample per
size per lot
2.2 BALL & SEAT RING TRANSFER OF HEAT NO. 100% APPVD. DRG APPVD. DRG INSPECTION REPORT W R/W
2.3 STEM DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG APPVD. DRG INSPECTION REPORT W R/W
RADIOGRAPHY 100% ASME / ANSI B 16.34 / API 6D ASME / ANSI B 16.34 / API 6D INSPECTION REPORT W R/W
2.4 PUP PIECE WELDING
VISUAL 100% ASME / ANSI B 16.34 ASME / ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W
3 BROUGHT ITEM
3.1 CHEMICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 SUPPLIER T.C. R R
3.2 PHYSICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 SUPPLIER T.C. P W
3.3 FASTERNS DIMENSIONS 10% P W
IMPACT TEST
3.4 PER LOT ASTM A 370 / A 194 GR 7 AS PER TENDER DOC. SUPPLIER T.C. P W
(-20oC)
3.5 HEAT TREATMENT 100% ASTM A 370 AS PER CODE HEAT TREATMENT REPORT P W

Page 2 of 2
QAP No. : 05/28/23JT/M-008 Rev. 0

BALL VALVE Prepared : Check :
Approved :
COMPONENT &
OPERATIONS
VENDOR TPI
4 FINAL INSPECTION
4.1 VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P 100% W
4.2 DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG / TENDER DOC. APPVD. DRG INSPECTION REPORT P 100% W
4.3 HYD. BODY TEST 100% APPVD. DRG . / API 6D APPVD. DRG . / API 6D TEST REPORT P 100% W
4.4 AS PER API 598 HYD. SEAT TEST 100% APPVD. DRG . / API 6D APPVD. DRG . / API 6D TEST REPORT P 100% W
4.5 AIR SEAT TEST 100% APPVD. DRG / TENDER DOC. APPVD. DRG TEST REPORT P 100% W
DOUBLE BLOCK & BLEED
4.5 100% APPVD. DRG / TENDER DOC. APPVD. DRG TEST REPORT P 100% W
TEST
4.6 PERFORMANCE TEST 100% API 598 API 598 TEST REPORT P 100% W
4.7 FIRE SAFE TEST TYPE TEST API 6FA API 6FA TYPE TEST CERTIFICATE P W
4.8 ANTI SAFE TEST 100% BS 5351 BS 5351 TEST REPORT P 100% W
4.9 LEAK TEST 100% API 598 API 598 TEST REPORT P 100% W
5 PAINTING
100% W,
5.1 SURFACE PREPARATION 100% DATA SHEET DATA SHEET INSPECTION REPORT P
100% R
MEASUREMENT OF 100% W,
5.2 PRIMER COAT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT INSP REPORT P
AS PER DATA SHEET DFT 100% R
MEASUREMENT OF 100% W,
5.3 FINAL COAT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT INSP REPORT P
DFT 100% R
5.4 VISUAL 100% … MSS-SP-55 … P W
6 FINAL DOCUMENTS REVIEW 100% AS PER SPEC. / APPVD. DRG. AS PER SPEC. / APPVD. DRG. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE P H
AS PER APPVD. DRG. / TENDER AS PER APPVD. DRG. / TENDER
6.1 MARKING / TAG DETAILS 100% COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE P W
DOC. DOC.
TPIA - THIRD PARTY INSPECTION

LEGENDS : P - PERFORM, R - REVIEW, W - WITNESS, H - HOLD
AGENCY
NOTE : 1. VENDOR SHALL SUBMIT WPS AND PQR FOR APPROVAL.

2. REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND ACCEPTANCE NORMS FOR ABOVE ACTIVITY WILL BE AS PER PTS / GTS.
Notes ;-
1 The Above Testing and acceptable criteria are minimum requirement, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also comply to the additional requirements as per Technical specifications and data sheets.
2 The supplier shall submit their own details QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA.
3 Supplier shall submit Calibration certificates of all Instruments/Equipments to be used for Inspection and Testing to TPIA with relavent procedures and update standards for TPIA review / Approval.
5 TPIA along with Owner / Owner representative shall review / approve all the documents related to QAP / Quality manuals / Drawings etc. submitted by supplier.
6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier / Sub vendor shall issue detailed Production and Inspection schedule indicating the dates and the locations to facilities Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA to organise Inspection.

Pages 1 of 2
QAP NO : 05/28/23JT/M-009 Rev.
Date :
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN Prepared by : Checked by
CHECK VALVE
Approved by :
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. MECON LIMITED
COMPONENTS &
Sl. No. ACTIVITIES QUANTAM OFCHECK REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ACCEPTANCE NORMS FORMET RECORD INSPECTION
OPERATIONS
FOUNDRY T.C.
CHEM. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. R Rev.
FOUNDRY T.C.
PHY. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. P W
1.1 BODY & COVER VISUAL 100% MESS-SP-55/API 1104 MESS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P W
IMPACT TEST
(-200c)
RADIOGRAPHY 3 Sample < 6", 100%> 8" ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P Rev.
MPT 100% -DO- -DO- INSPECTION REPORT P W
A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender SUPPLIER T.C.
CHEM. TEST PER HEAT P Rev.
doc. doc.
A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender SUPPLIER T.C.
PHY. TEST PER HEAT P W
doc. doc.
1.2 DISC & SEATRING VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 P W
IMPACT TEST
(-200c)
MPT 100% ASEM B 16.34 ASEM B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P W
RADIOGRAPHY 3 Sample < 6", 100%> 8" ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R
TRANSFER OF HEAT
100% ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W
NO.
R
2.1 BODY & BONNET
W-1 sample
DIMENSIONS 100% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT H
per size per
lot
TRANSFER OF HEAT
2.2 DISC & SEATRING 100% ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R/W
NO.
2.3 HARD FACING HARDNESS & D.P. 1005 ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W
3 BROUGHTOUT ITEM
SUPPLIER T.C.
CHEMICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 R R
PHYSICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 INSPECTION REPORT R W
3.1 FASTNERS
DIMENSIONS 10% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT P W
IMPACT TEST
PER LOT ASTM A 370 / A 194 GR 7 AS PER TENDER DOC. INSPECTION REPORT P W
(-200c)
4 FINAL INSPECTION
VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P 100% W
DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG. AND TS APPVD. DRG. AND TS INSPECTION REPORT P W
AS PER API HYD.BODY TEST 100% APPVD. DRG. AND TS APPVD. DRG. AND TS INSPECTION REPORT P W
4.1 598/B.S.6755 PART- HIGH PRESSURE 100% APPVD. DRG. AND TS APPVD. DRG. AND TS INSPECTION REPORT P W
1/API 6D CLOSER TEST APPVD. DRG. AND TS APPVD. DRG. AND TS
100% INSPECTION REPORT P W
BACKSEATTEST API 598 API 598
PERFORMANCETEST 100% API 598 API 598 INSPECTION REPORT P

Pages 2 of 2
QAP NO : 05/28/23JT/M-009 Rev.
Date :
CHECK VALVE
Approved by :
Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. MECON LIMITED
COMPONENTS &
Sl. No. ACTIVITIES QUANTAM OFCHECK REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ACCEPTANCE NORMS FORMET RECORD INSPECTION
OPERATIONS
5 PAINTING
SURFACE
5.1 100% DATA SHEET DATA SHEET INSPECTION REPORT P 10%w, 100%
PREPARATION
AS PER DATA
5.2 PRIMER COAT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT. INST. REPORT P 10%w, 100%
SHEET
5.3 FINAL CAOT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT. INST. REPORT P 10%w, 100%
5.4 VISUAL 10% - MSS-SP-55 - P W
FIANAL AS PER SPEC./ APPVD. DRG./ AS PER SPEC./ APPVD. DRG./
6 REVIEW 100% COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE R R
DOCUMENTS ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34
MARKING / TAG
6.1 100% AS PER APPR. DRG/ TENDER DOC. AS PER APPR. DRG/ TENDER DOC. COMPLIANCE CERT, P W
DETAILS
LEGEND : P = PERFORM; R = REVIEW; W = WITNESS; H = HOLD; TPIA = THIRD PARTY INSPECTION
Notes:-
1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requriements, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also com;y to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets.
2 The supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the aboe for approval of Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA.
3 Supplier shall submit Calibration certificates of all instruments/Equipments to be used for inspection and Testing to TPIA with relevent procedures and updated standards for TPIA review/Approval.
4 TPIA will have Right to inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above.
5 TPIA along with Owner/Owner representative shall review/approve all the documents related to QAP/Quality manuals/drawigs etc. submitted by suppler.
6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier/Sib vendor shall issue detailed production and inspection schedule indicating the dates and the locations to facilitaate Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA to organise inspection.

Page 1 of 2

PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE Date :
Prepared : Check :
MECON Limited
SN. INSPECTION AND TESTING PROCEDURE ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA AND
CERTIFICATE Sub Vendor Supplier/TPIA Remarks
1 Cast
RT ASME V, Art.2 ASME VIII-1, App.7
3 first Casts 100%: Each type/size/rating
Each Piece 100%: BW Eends ASME B 31.3 (1990), table
341.3.2 A, Severe cyclic cond.
PT ASME V, Art.6 - ASTM E-165 ASME VIII-1, App.8 and 7 P 100% W
3 first Casts 100%: Each type/size/rating
Each Piece 100%: BW Eends
MT Alternative for PT subject to approval

Chemical Analysis Reffered API / ASTM Reffered API / ASTM
P 100% W
Each heat and product
Mechanical properties Reffered API / ASTM Reffered API / ASTM
P 100% W
on samples taken from mill
Low temperate certificate ( if applicable ) ASTM A-370 Reffered API / ASTM
P 100% W
with impact test
2 Forgings
PT ASME V, Art.6 ASME VIII-1, App.8
100% presure retanings parts
MT ASME VIII-1, App.6 P 100% W
on presure retanings parts ASME V, Art.7
100% presure retanings parts
P 100% W
P 100% W
on samples taken from mill
P 100% W
with impact test
3 Bolting
PT ASME V, Art.6 ASME VIII-1, App.8
each batch after final machining
HT reffered ASTM reffered ASTM P 100% W
each heat treatment batch

P 100% W
P 100% W
on samples taken from mill certificate EN 10204/3.2
P 100% W
with impact test
Prepared BY Approved BY Reviewed and Approved BY

Page 2 of 2

PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE Date :
Prepared : Check :
MECON Limited
SN. INSPECTION AND TESTING PROCEDURE ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA AND
CERTIFICATE Sub Vendor Supplier/TPIA Remarks
4 BW ends each piece 100% RT ASME V, Art.2 ASME B 31.3 (1990table
P 100% W
341.3.2 A, Severe cylic cond.
5 Welds & weld repairs each piece 100% RT ASME V, Art.2 ASME B 31.3 (1990table
341.3.2 A, Severe cylic cond.
6 Visual and Dimensional Tests each piece ASME V, Art.9 Reffered ANSI dimensions P 100% W
7 Hydrostatic test (shell & Nozzle) each piece API 598 / ASTM A-530 and data sheet API 598 / ASTM A-530 P 100% W
8 Air Seat Test each piece API 598 / ASTM A-530 and data sheet API 598 / ASTM A-530
9 Functional Tests Three Openings and Closing at Atmospheric and API 598 / ASTM A-530
P 100% W
each piece Maximum Dififrential Presure
10 Antistatic tests each piece Manufacturer’s Approved procedure BS 5351/5146 P 100% W
11 Anti Blow Out Tests each piece Manufacturer’s Approved procedure BS 5351 P 100% W
12 Fire Safe Tested ( Certificates of previously API 6FA / API 607 / BS 5146 / OCMA API 6FA / API 607 / BS 5146 / OCMA
- -
conducted tests shall be
13 Painting as per approval procedure as per approval procedure P 100% W
14 Packing and identification Marking as per approval procedure as per approval procedure P 100% W
Legend
RT: Radiographic Test PT: Liquid Penetrant test HT: Heat Treatment VT: Visual Test
P: Performed R: Review W: Witness
TPI: Third Party inspection agency MT: Magnetic particle test
Note :
1 The above testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requirements, however, equ supplier shall ensure and that the product also comply to the additional requirements as per technical specifications and data sheets.
2 Supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of owner/owner's representative.
3 Supplier shall submit Caliberatio certificates of all instruments/equipments to be used for inspection and testing to TPIA with relevant procedures and updated standards for TPIA review/approval.
4 TPIA will have right to inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above.
5 TPIA along with Owner/Owner's Representative shall review/ approve all the documents related to QAP/Quality Manuals/Drawings etc. submitted by supplier.
6 TPIA shall also review the Test certificates submitted by the Actuator manufacturer.
7 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier/Sub Vendor shall issue detailed Production and Inspection Schedule indicating the dates and the locations to Facilitate Owner/Owner's Representative and TPIA
to organise Inspection.
Prepared BY Approved BY Reviewed and Approved BY

QAP NO :05/21/JT/3LPE Coating Rev.
Date :
3 LPE COATING OF LINEPIPE Approved by :
MECON LIMITED
Sl. No. ACTIVITY TEST FREQUENCY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA DOCUMENTAION REFERENCE DOCUMENT INSTRUMENTS INSPECTION REMARKS
MANUF. TPIA
A. PRIOR TO REGULAR PRODUCTION
1 Quality control test plan Before production - - TS/Approved Procedure - H R
2 repair procedure - - - TS/Approved Procedure - H R
3 Handling, Storage & transportation of bare - - - TS/Approved Procedure - H R

and coated pipes procedure
4 Raw material acceptance, review of test Each Batch certificate Raw material manufacturer's Raw Material Cl. no. 4.1 & 4.2 of TS No.- MEC/S/05/62/014 VISUAL R R
cetificates for Epoxy, Adhesive, PE test certificates. manufacturer's test INSPECTION FOR
certificates. MARKING
5 Test of raw material Each batch As per material test certificate Test report TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 - H W
(Epoxy, adhesive & PE) & Cl. no. 4.3(a,b&c) of TS No.
MEC/S/05/62/014
6 Storage All Materials Manufacturer STOCK REGISTER Approved procedure - H M

Recommendation
7 Bare pipe receipt at mill, handling & Each pipe As per TS No. PACKING LIST & TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure VISUAL H M
storage etc. MEC/S/05/62/014 Test report
8 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION TESTS:- BEFORE START OF REGULAR PRODUCTION 5 PIPES TO BE COATED (4 PIPES FULLY COATED WITH 3LPE AND ONE PIPE COATED PARTLY WITH EPOXY & PARTLY WITH EPOXY & ADHESIVE).
8.1 Bare pipe stacking & handling in Each pipe PE sheet over sand row Teflon STOCK REGISTER TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure VISUAL H M
yard/plant padded hooks
8.2 Bare pipes receiving surface defect, Bevel Each pipe No defects, damages, Data sheet TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 Visual solvent H W
damage, Grease/ oil on surface oil/grease on pipe surface etc. cleaning for pipes
with oil grease
8.3 repair of Bare pipes defects pipes removed for defects As per API 5L & pipe Approved procedure Bevel cutting m/c, H W
Specification Jacks etc.
8.4 Pre heating All pipes 65 - 850C Data sheet Cl. no. 8.4 of TS & approved procedure LPG Burner, contact H R/W
thermometer
8.5 DOUBLE SHOT BLASTING
8.5.1 Ambientemp., Relative humidity, Dew Each pipe RH should be less than 85% Data sheet TS No.MEC/S/05/62/014 and approved procedure. thermo hygrometer, H R/W
point & Elapsed time (IF RH> 85% no shot blasting). Dew point apparatus
8.5.2 phosphoric Acid treatment Each pipe pH = 1-2, Pipe temp prior to Data sheet Cl. No. 8..6.2 of TS approved procedure PH paper, contact H R/W
phosphoric acid treatment = 45- thermometer
750C or as manuf.
Recommendation.
8.5.3 DM water wash Each pipe pH = 6.0-7.0, pipe surface Data sheet TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 PH paper H R/W
should be dried
8.5.4 Cleaniness Each pipe SA 2½ Data sheet Cl no.8.7 of TS and approved procedure ISO - 8501-1 H R/W
8.5.5 Degree cf dust Each pipe Rating 2 or Class 2 Data sheet Cl no.8.7 of TS and approved procedure ISO - 8502-3 H R/W
8.5.6 Surface roughness Each pipe 50 - 70 µm (Rz) Data sheet Cl no.8.7 of TS and approved procedure Surface Profile H R/W
gauge, Hand held
30X magnifying
glass
T Roy/Desktop/r gspl/QAP 3LPE Coating of Linepipe3LPE Padmala - Godhra Pipeline of GSPL Page 1 of 5
Date :
MECON LIMITED
MANUF. TPIA
8.5.7 Bare pipe temp. Every pipe 0
180-230 C or as per manuf. Test report TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure contact thermometer H R/W
Recommendation
8.5.8 Bare pipe temp. after Epoxy application by Every pipe by online pyrometer 190-230 0C or as per - TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 IR Optical pyrometer H R/W
IR thermometer recording manufacturer recommendation
9 TEST ON COATED PIPES PARTLY WITH EPOXY AND PARTLY WITH EPOXY & ADHESIVE LAYERS
9.1 Epoxy layer thickness One pipe at 3,6,9,12 positions 180µm min. Test report Sl. No. 3 of amendment-1 to TS & as per approved Coating thk. gauge H W
procedure
9.2 Adhesive Layer thk. One pipe at 3,6,9,12 positions 200µm min. Test report Sl. No. 3 of amendment-1 to TS & as per approved Coating thk. gauge H W
procedure
9.3 Degree of cure One pipe(one sample) ∆Tg = +3, -20C Test report Cl. no. 7.5.1.(a) of TS DSC Machine H W
% cure = 95% min.
9.4 Adhesion test (St. Andrews cross Method) One pipe Rating -1-3 Test report Cl. no. 7.5.1.(e) of TS Utility knife H W
10 TEST ON COATED PIPES WITH ALL THREE LAYERS

10.1 heat ageing, Light ageing, Coating (each batch test certificate Melt rate shall not deviate by Test report DIN 30670 - R R
resistivity typical value will be issued by more than 35% of original
manufacture) value and Coate resistivity
shall be 10 8 ohm-m2 minimum
10.2 Bond strength test at ends & middle Three pipe @ 20+50C = 8 Kg/Cm Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(a) of TS & approved procedure Peel test M/C by H W
0
@65+5 C = 5 KG/Cm dynamometer (type-
2)
10.3 Degree of cure One pipe (One sample) ∆Tg = 3, -20C Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(e) of TS & approved procedure DSC Machine H W
% cure = 95% min.
10.4 Impact strength Three pipe 7 Joules/mm Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(b) of TS & approved procedure Impact tester H W
10.5 Indentation test Twp sample for both temp. from 0.2 max. at 23+ 20C Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(c) of TS & approved procedure Controlled temp, H W
4 pipes 0.3 max. at 70+ 20C bath, Dial Gauge,
weight
10.6 Elongation at failure Three PE coated pipes only (5 300% min. Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2 (d) of TS & approved procedure Tensile M/C H W
samles from each pipe)
10.7 Cathodic Disbondment test Two samples for 30 days at 60 0 ECR = 15 mm max. (for 30 Test report ASTM G-42 & sl. No. 01 of amendment-1 of TS No. CD, test assembly H W
+ 30C, one sample for 48 hrs. at days) - at 60 0C+ 30C MEC/S/05/62/014
0
600 + 30C 7 mm max. (for 48 hrs. at 60 C
+ 30C
10.8 Holiday test at 25 kv All pipes Max. + 30C One holiday Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2(f) of TS & approved procedure Holiday detector H W
surface area < 0.01 sq.mtrs.
(repair as per approved
Procedure)
10.9 Over all Coating Thickness All pipes 3.2mm on Body (S-v) Test report Cl. No. 7.5.2.(g) of TS & Sl. No. 03 of Coating thk. gauge H W
ammendment-1 to TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014
10.10 Air entrapment at 30X magnification All pipes Polyethylene and adhesive Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(h) of TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 30X magnification H W
layers shall have not more hand-held
than 10% of the observed microscope
area.
10.11 Visual inspection All pipes No defect (Blisters, pinholes Test report TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Visual H W
scratches, wrinklee etc.)
10.12 Cut back length All pipes 110 mm, (+)20, (-) 0 mm Test report Sl. No. 04 of ammendment-1 to steel Scale H W
TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014
Date :
MECON LIMITED
MANUF. TPIA
B REGULAR PRODUCTION
BARE PIPES AT INLET
1 Bare pipe stacking & handling in Each pipe PE sheet over sand row Teflon STOCK REGISTER TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure VISUAL H M
yard/plant padded hooks
2 Bare pipes receiving surface defect, Bevel Each pipe No defects, damages, Data sheet TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure Visual solvent H M
damage, Grease/ oil on surface oil/grease on pipe surface etc. cleaning for pipes
with oil
3 repair of Bare pipes defects pipes removed for defects As per API 5L & pipe - API 5L & pipe specification Bevel cutting m/c, H W
4 recording of pipe parameters and tick off Each pipe Clear visibility OF STENCIL Test report Mill packing list Visual & white paint H M
against mill packing list. MARKING
5 Pre heating All pipes 0
65 - 85 C Data sheet Cl. no. 8.4 of TS & approved procedure LPG Burner, contact H R/W
thermometer
C. DOUBLE SHOT BLASTING

1 Ambient temp., relative humidity, Dew Start of every shift thereafter RH should be less than 85% (If Data sheet TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Thermo hygrometer, H R/W
point and Elapsed time. every 1 hr. RH> 85% no shot blasting). Dew point apparatus
2 phosphoric Acid treatment Each pipe pH = 1-2, Pipe temp prior to Data sheet Cl. no. 8.6 of TS & approved procedure PH paper, contact H R/W
0
75 C or as per manuf.
Recommendation.
3 DM water wash Each pipe pH = 6.0-7.0, pipe surface Data sheet TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 PH paper H R/W
should be dried
4 Cleaniness Each pipe SA 2½ Data sheet Cl. no. 8.7 of TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved ISO - 8501-1
procedure H R/W
5 Degree of dust Each pipe Rating 2 or Class 2 Data sheet Cl. no. 8.7 of TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved ISO - 8502-3
procedure H R/W
6 Surface roughness Each pipe & one in 50 pipes by 50 - 70 µm (Rz) Data sheet Cl. no. 8.7 of TS & approved procedure Surface Profile
press-o-film gauge, Hand held
30X H R/W
D. COATING APPLICATION
1 Bare pipe temp. Every pipe 180 - 230 0C or as per powder Data sheet TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure contact thermometer
manufacturer recom. H R/W
2 Bare pipe temp. after Epoxy application by Every pipe by online pyrometer. 190-230 0C or as per powder - TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure IR Optical phrometer
IR thermometer Recording every one hour. manufacturer recommendation
H R/W
3 Adhesive film temperature. Every hour. 200 - 240 0C or as per Test report TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Optical
manufacturer recom. pyrometer/digital
thermometer H R/W
4 PE film temperature. Every hour. 220-270 0C or as per Test report TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Optical
manufacturer's pyrometer/digital
recommendation. thermometer H R/W
5 Recording of batch no.'s of Epoxy, Every hour. As per standard data Test report Manufacturer's test certificate visual
Adhesive Polyethylene H M
E. ON LINE INSPECTION & TESTING
1 Epoxy layer thickness Every shift at 3,6,9,12 positions Epoxy thk. - 0.18mm min. Test report Cl. no. 10.3 of TS & approved procedure Coating thk. Gauge. R/W
Adhs. Thk. - 0.20mm min. H
2 Holiday test at 25 kv All pipes Max. one holiday surface area Test report Cl. no. 10.4 of TS & approved procedure Holiday detector R/W
< 0.01 sq. mtrs.
(repair as per approved
procedure) H
3 Over all Coating Thickness All pipes 3.2mm on Body (S-v) Test report Sl. no. 03 of ammendment-1 to TS no. Coating thickness W
MEC/S/05/62/014 gauge H
Date :
MECON LIMITED
MANUF. TPIA
F. OFF LINE TESTS
1 Impact test. (30 Impacts) at 30mm Two pipes per shift. 7J/mm Impact energy (No Cl. no. 10.5 of TS & approved procedure Impact test
intervals. holiday shall be observed at instrument
25KV at impact area.) Test report H W
2 Resistance to peel test at cut back ends. One in 50 pipes. Peel strength at 20 + 50C - Cl. no. 10.6 & amendment-1 to TS no. Peel test Machine,
8.0Kg/cm min. MEC/S/05/62/014 chisel etc.
Peel strength at 60 + 50C -
5Kg/cm min. Test report H W
3 Resistance to indentation test (Two Two pipes per shift. At 23+20C = 0.2mm Test report Cl. no. 10.7 of TS & as per approved procedure Indentation bath
samples for each temp.) At 70+20C=0.3mm heater, dial gauge,
thermostate H W
4 Air entrapment at 30X magnification One sample per shift Cl. no. 10.8 of TS. 30X magnification
Polyethylene and adhesive hand-held
layers shall have no more than microscope
10% of the observed area. Test report H W
5 Degree of cure Once per shift ∆Tg = 3, -20C Cl. no. 10.9 of TS DSC M/C
% cure = 95% min. Test report H W
6 Adhesion test (St. Andrews cross Method) Once per shift Test report Cl. no. 10.10 of TS Utility knife H W
7 Cathodic Disbondment test Every batch no. of epoxy Max. Disbondment radius 7 Test report Cl. no. 10.11 of TS & approved procedure Test vessel D.C. H W
powder. mm (At 650C + 30C for 48 votage supplier
hours. electrodes etc.
G. FINAL INSPECTION
1 Cut back length at ends. Each pipes 110 mm, (+)20, (-) 0 mm Test report Cl. no. 9.2.11 & sl. no. 04 of amendment-1 to TS Measuring tape, W M
no. MEC/S/05/62/014 scale etc. and visual
2 Marking on caoted pipes external color Each pipes Proper information on coated As per TS No. Spray gun, stencil paper etc. H M
band surface (ME side) I.e. as MEC/S/05/62/014
follows. (1 mtr. From end
PROJECT ……PIPE DIA…
WALL THK….
PIPE NO… LENGTH…HEAT
NO……..
COATING No….COLOUR
BAND, ANY OTHER
INFORMATION CONSIDERED
RELEVANT BY COMPANY
H. HANDLING & STORAGE

1 Repair of Coating followed by holiday All coating repair All repairs as per approved Test report Cl. no. 12.0 of TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Heating torch. H W
detection at 25 KV procedure Chisel, scale etc.
2 Peel test on repari area One in 25 pipes As per manufacturer's Test report TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Spring balance H W
I. RECOMMENDATION
1 Handling Each pipes No damages on coated pipes. STOCK REGISTER TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Crane with teflon H R/W
Support bed, min. 2 nos. padded hooks,
support on trailor & securing trailor with rubber
by three wire rope covered padded beds etc.
with nylon rubber tubing
2 Storage Each pipes Proper stacking on sand rows STOCK REGISTER TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 --do-- H R/W
covered with PE sheets with
stack separator.
Date :
MECON LIMITED
MANUF. TPIA
J. CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT
1 Digital thermometer Every month. Add or subtract the observed Test report Ref. Thermometers, H R/W
value w.r.t. reference water/ oil bath etc.
measurement.
2 Thickness gauge. Every month. ----di--- Test report ref. Thickness foils, H R/W
steel
3 Roughness gauge Every month. ----di--- Test report Standard roughness H R/W
4 Holiday detector Every month. By spark gap method Test report Spark gap assmbly/ H W
Calibrated meter
5 Hygrometer Once in four month By spark gap method Test report
6 D meter Every time before use By standard thickness block Test report H W
Raw Material Combination to be used During Production as per ANNEXURE - 1 of TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014
LEGEND : W = WITNESS; H = HOLD; M = MONITORING; R = REVIEW OF DOCUMENTS; R/M = RANDOM CHECK; A = APPROVED; TPIA = THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY
Notes:-
1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requriements, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also comly to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets.
QAP NO : 05/21/JT/3LPP Coating Rev.
Date :
3 LPP COATING OF LINEPIPE Approved by :
MECON LIMITED
MANUF. TPIA
A. PRIOR TO REGULAR PRODUCTION
1 Quality control test plan Before production - - TS/ Approved Procedure - H R
2 repair procedure - - - TS/ Approved Procedure - H R
3 Handling, Storage & transportation of bare - - - TS/ Approved Procedure - H R
and coated pipes procedure
4 Raw material acceptance review of test Each Batch certificate Raw material manufacturer's Raw Material TS no. MEC/S/05/21/014B VISUAL R R
cetificates for Epoxy, Adhesive, Poly test certificates. manufacturer's test INSPECTION FOR
propy,ene & repair product. certificates. MARKING
5 Test of raw material Each batch As per manufacturer Test report Cl. No. 4 of TS MEC/S/05/21/014B - H W
(Epoxy, adhesive & Poly propylene & recommednation & TS NO.
repair product) MEC/5/05/62/014B
6 Storage All Materials Manufacturer Recommendation STOCK REGISTER TS/ Approved Procedure - H M
7 Bare pipe receipt at mill, handling & Each pipe As per TS PACKING LIST & Test TS/ Approved Procedure VISUAL H M
storage etc. report
8 PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION TESTS:- BEFORE START OF REGULAR PRODUCTION 5 PIPES TO BE COATED (4 PIPES FULLY COATED WITH 3LPE AND HDPE, ONE PIPE COATED PARTLY WITH EPOXY & PARTLY WITH EPOXY &
ADHESIVE).
8.1 Bare pipe stacking & handling in Each pipe As per Cl. No.10 of TS TS/ Approved Procedure VISUAL H M
yard/plant
8.2 Bare pipes receiving Each pipe No defects, damages, oil/grease Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Visual solvent H W
surface defect, Bevel damage, Grease/ oil on pipe surface etc. cleaning for pipes
on surface with oil grease
8.3 repair of Bare pipes defects pipes removed for defects As per API 5L & pipe API 5L/ Pipe Specficiation Bevel cutting m/c, H W
8.4 Pre heating All pipes 65 - 850C Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure LPG Burner, contact H R/W
thermometer
8.5 DOUBLE SHOT BLASTING

8.5.1 Ambientcemp., Relative humidity, Dew Each pipe Ambient temp shall be max. Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Thermo hygrometer, H R/W
point & Elapsed time 350C & less than 100C. RH Dew point apparatus
should be less than 85% (IF
RH> 85% no shot blasting).
8.5.2 Phosphoric Acid treatment Each pipe pH = 1-2, Pipe temp prior to Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure PH paper, contact H R/W
0
75 C or as manuf.
Recommendation.
8.5.3 DM water wash Each pipe pH = 6.0-7.0, pipe surface Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure PH paper H R/W
should be dried
8.5.4 Cleaniness Each pipe SA 2½ Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure ISO - 8501-1 H R/W
8.5.5 Degree of dust Each pipe Rating 2 or Class 2 Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure ISO - 8502-3 H R/W
8.5.6 Surface roughness Each pipe 50 - 70 µm (Rz) Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Surface Profile H R/W
gauge, Hand held
30X magnifying
glass
T Roy/Desktop/r gspl/QAP 3LPE Coating of Linepipe3LPP Padmala - Godhra Pipeline of GSPL Page 1 of 5
Date :
MECON LIMITED
MANUF. TPIA
8.5.7 Bare pipe temp. Every pipe 0
185 - 210 C for liquid epoxy coat Test report TS/ Approved Procedure contact thermometer H R/W
0
130-200 C for powder epoxy
coat or as per manuf.
Recommendation
8.5.8 Bare pipe temp. after Epoxy application by Every pipe by online 190-2300C or as per - TS/ Approved Procedure IR Optical phrometer H M
IR thermometer pyrometer recording powdermanufacturer
recommendation
9 TEST ON COATED PIPES PARTLY WITH EPOXY AND PARTLY WITH EPOXY & ADHESIVE LAYERS
9.1 Epoxy layer thickness One pipe at 3,6,9,12 0.18 mm min. Test report TS/ approved procedure Coating thk. gauge H W
positions
9.2 Adhesive Layer thk. One pipe at 3,6,9,12 0.20 mm min. Test report TS/ approved procedure Coating thk. gauge H W
positions
9.3 Degree of cure One pipe(one sample) △ Tg = +3, -2 C
0 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure DSC Machine H W
% cure = 95% min.
9.4 Adhesion test Two locations Rating -1-3 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Utility knife H W
9.5 Electrical Porosity at 25 KV One pipe No defects Test report TS/ Approved Procedure DC Holiday detector H W
9.6 2.50 Flexibility test One pipe ( 3 Specimens) No Cracking Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Hydraulic, press/ H W
binding manfa. Etc.
9.7 Cross section & Interface porosity test One pipe ( 3 Specimens) Rating - 1-4 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Microscope knife H W
etc.
10 TEST ON COATED PIPES WITH ALL THREE LAYERS
10.1 U.V. Aging Each pipe Larger than 390% Test report ASTM D 638/ NF A - 49-74 - R R
10.2 Overall Thickness Each pipe 3.2 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Magnatic/ H W
electromagnatic type
over lap measuring
instrument
10.3 Cut back Each pipe 110 mm , + 20 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Steel tape H W
10.4 Electrical Porosity at 25 KV Each pipe no defects Test report TS/ Approved Procedure DC holiday H W
10.5 Impact Test Three pipe > 15 Nm / mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Pile Hammer H W
10.6 Rockwell Hardness Each pipe > 60 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W
10.7 Resistance to peeling Each pipe 0 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure r Dynometer H W
> 500 N/ 50 mm 50+5 C
0
> 400 N/50 mm 90+5 C
10.8 Indentation All pipes 0 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W
< 0.1 mm at 25 C
0
<0.3 mm at 100 C
10.9 Bendability Each pipe No holiday, no crack, no surface Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Bending Machine H W
defect
10.10 Cathodic disbonding Three samples < 15 mm after 60 days Test report TS/ ASTM G8 H W
< 7 mm after 48 hrs.
10.11 Coating Specific Resistivity Each pipe 8 2 Test report TS/ NFA 49-711 As Per TS H W
> 10 ohm x m
10.12 Elongation at Break Two pipes CL. No.5.3.4 (d) of TS Test report Cl . No.7.5.2 (d) of TS As per TS H W
10.13 Air entrapment Each pipe 10% thickness Test report Cl. No. 7.5.2 (h) of TS 30x microscopr H W
10.14 Digree of cure One pipe △Tg = +3, -2% cure - 95% min. Test report Cl. No. 7.5.2 (i) of TS DSC Machine H W
Date :
MECON LIMITED
MANUF. TPIA
B REGULAR PRODUCTION
BARE PIPES AT INLET
1 Bare pipe stacking & handling in Each pipe - TS/ Approved Procedure VISUAL H M
yard/plant
2 Bare pipes receiving surface defect, Bevel Each pipe No defects, damages, oil/grease Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Visual solvent H M
damage, Grease/ oil on surface on pipe surface etc. cleaning for pipes
with oil
3 Repair of Bare pipes defects pipes removed for defects As per API 5L & pipe - TS/ Approved Procedure Bevel cutting m/c, H W
4 Recording of pipe parameters and tick off Each pipe Clear visibility OF STENCIL Test report Mill packing list Visual & white paint H M
against mill packing list. MARKING
5 Pre heating All pipes 65 - 850C Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure LPG Burner, contact H W
thermometer
C. DOUBLE SHOT BLASTING STATION.

1 Ambient temp., relative humidity, Dew Start of every shift thereafter RH should be less than 85% (IF Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Thermo hygrometer, H M
point and Elapsed time. every 1 hr. RH> 85% no shot blasting). Dew point apparatus
2 Phosphoric Acid treatment Each pipe pH = 1-2, Pipe temp prior to Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure PH paper, contact H R/W
0
75 C or as manuf.
Recommendation.
3 DM water wash Each pipe pH = 6.0-7.0, pipe surface Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure PH paper H R/W
should be dried
4 Cleaniness Each pipe SA 2½ Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure ISO - 8501-1 H R/W
5 Degree of dust Each pipe Rating 2 or Class 2 Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure ISO - 8502-3 H R/W
6 Surface roughness 4 per shift on each of the first 50 - 70 µm (Rz) Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Surface Profile
25 pipes gauge, Hand held
30X H R/W
D. COATING APPLICATION
1 Bare pipe temp. before epoxy application Every pipe 0 Test report contact thermometer
210 - 220 C or as per powder
manufacturer recom. TS/ As per Approved Procedure H R/W
2 Bare pipe temp. after Epoxy application by Every pipe by online 185-2100C or as per powder - IR Optical phrometer
IR thermometer pyrometer. Recording every manufacturer recommendation
one hour. TS/ Approved Procedure H R/W
3 Adhesive film temperature. Every hour. 0 Test report Optical
180 - 230 C or as per
manufacturer recom. pyrometer/digital
TS/ Approved Procedure thermometer H R/W
4 PE film temperature. Every hour. 0 Test report Optical
240-260 C or as per
manufacturer's pyrometer/digital
recommendation. TS/ Approved Procedure thermometer H R/W
5 Recording of batch no.'s of Epoxy, Every batch As per standard data Test report visual
adhesive & polyethylene Manufacturer's test ceritificate H R/W
Date :
MECON LIMITED
MANUF. TPIA
E. ON LINE INSPECTION & TESTING
1 Epoxy & adhesive thickness Every shift at 3,6,9,12 Epoxy thk. - 0.18mm min. Test report Coating thk. Gauge.
positions Adhs. Thk. - 0.20mm min. TS/ Approved Procedure H W
2 Holiday test at 25 kv All pipes Max. one holiday surface area < Test report Holiday detector
0.01 sq. mtrs.
TS/ Approved Procedure H W
3 Over all Coating Thickness All pipes 3.2mm on Body Test report Coating thickness
TS/ Approved Procedure gauge H W
4 Cut back All pipes 110 mm, + 20 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Steel Scale H W
F. OFF LINE TESTS
1.0 Epoxy layer thickness One pipe at 3,6,9,12 Coatng thk. gauge
positions 0.18 mm min. Test report TS/ As per approved procedure H W
2.0 Adhesive Layer thk. One pipe at 3,6,9,12 Coatng thk. gauge
positions 0.20 mm min. Test report TS/ As per approved procedure H W
△Tg = +3, - 2 C
0
3.0 Degree of cure One pipes (one sample) DSC Machine
% cure = 95% min. Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W
4.0 Adhesion test 3 pipes Rating - 1-3 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Utility knife H W
5.0 Impact Strength 1 pershift 15 Nm/ mm thick. Test report TS/ Approved Procedure - H W
6.0 Rockwell Hardness 1 pershift > 60 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure - H W
0
7.0 Strength 1 pershift 500 N/ 50mm, 50+ 5 C Test report TS/ Approved Procedure - H W
0
400 N/ 50mm, 90+ 5 C
8.0 Rockwall Hardness 1 pipe per shift, one test per > 60 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W
50 pipes
9.0 Resistance to peeling 1 test per shiftbut 5 test > 750 N/ 50 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W
minimum
10.0 Indentation 1 test per shiftbut 5 test < 0.1 mm at 250C Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W
minimum 0
< 0.3 mm at 100 C
G. FINAL INSPECTION
1 Cut back length at ends. Each pipes 110 mm, + 20 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Measuring tape, H W
scale etc. and visual
2 Marking on caoted pipes external color Each pipes Proper information on coated STOCK REGISTER TS/ Approved Procedure H W
band surface (ME side) I.e. as follows.
(1 mtr. From end
PROJECT ……PIPE DIA…
WALL THK….
PIPE NO… LENGTH…HEAT
NO……..
COATING No….COLOUR
BAND, ANY OTHER
INFORMATION CONSIDERED
RELEVANT BY COMPANY
Date :
MECON LIMITED
MANUF. TPIA
H. HANDLING & STORAGE
1 Repair of Coating followed by holiday All coating repair All repairs as per approved Test report TS Heating torch. H R/W
detection at 25 KV procedure Chisel, scale etc.
2 Peel test on repari area One in 25 pipes As per manufacturer's Test report TS Spring balance H R/W
recommendation
I. RECOMMENDATION
1 Handling Each pipes No damages on coated pipes. STOCK REGISTER TS Crane with teflon H R/W
Support bed, min. 2 nos. support padded hooks,
on trailor & securing by three trailor with rubber
wire rope covered with nylon padded beds etc.
rubber tubing
2 Storage Each pipes Proper stacking on sand rows STOCK REGISTER TS --do-- H R/W
covered with PE sheets with
stack separator.
J. CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT
1 Digital thermometer Every month. Add or subtract the observed Test report Calibration procedure Ref. Thermometers, H R/W
value w.r.t. reference water/ oil bath etc.
measurement.
2 Thickness gauge. Every month. ----di--- Test report Calibration procedure Ref. Thickness foils, H R/W
steel
3 Roughness gauge Every month. ----di--- Test report Calibration procedure Standard roughness H R/W
4 Holiday detector Every month. By spark gap method Test report Calibration procedure Spark gap assmbly/ W
Calibrated meter H
5 Hygrometer Once in four month By spark gap method Test report Calibration procedure W
6 D meter Every time before use By standard thickness block Test report Calibration procedure H W
Raw Material Combination to be used During Production as per ANNEXURE - 1 As per TS No. MEC/S/05/21/014B
LEGEND : W = WITNESS; H = HOLD; M = MONITORING; R = REVIEW OF DOCUMENTS; R/M = RANDOM CHECK; A = APPROVED; TPIA = THIRD PARTY INSPECTION
Notes:-
1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requriements, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also com;y to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets.
APPENDIX-IV
LIST OF APPROVED VENDORS FOR

BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LTD. Doc. No : GSPL/Vendor/2006
Gas Grid Pipeline Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006
LIST OF RECOMMENDED VENDORS
Sr. Item Name of the vendor Address Phone No Fax No Qualified for Size
Man House, 15, PU-3, AB Road,

1 Man Industries (P) Ltd Indore-452008 and Anjar,Kutch 0731-559070-73 0731-57891-92 Up to 30"
Gujarat
Saw Pipes Limited
Jindal Centre
2 Saw Pipes Limited 011-26188360-74 11-26170691 Up to 30"
12, Bikhaji Cama place
New Delhi – 110 066
Trade World, "B" Wing, Gr. Floor,
Welspun Gujarat Stahl Kamla Mill compound, Senapati
3 022-5650 3000 022-22490 8020 Up to 30"
Rohren Ltd bapat marg, Lower parel, MUMBAI -
400 013
M/s Khartstzk Tube 9, paton Str, Khartsyzsk, Donestk
4 00 380 6257 71032 00380 6257 45695 Up to 56"
Works Region, 86703, Ukraine
Formerstrasse, 49
LSAW Line Pipes with
5 EUROPIPE 40878 Ratingen + 49 21 02 85 70 + 49 21 02 85 72 85 Up to 30"
three layer external
Germany
PE/PP and internal Mannesmannröhren- Wiesenstrasse 36
6 coating Werke 45473 Mülheim a.d. Ruhr + 49 208 458 01 + 49 208 458 19 99 Up to 30"
GERMANY
Cantonment Road, 200
TENARIS # 04-01 Southpoint
7 + 65 224 90 77 + 65 222 40 90 Up to 30"
(TECHINT) 089763 Singapore
SINGAPORE
THYSSEN P.O.Box. No.101048 40001
8 +492119670 +492119675398 Up to 30"
STAHLUNION GMBH Dusseldorf Germany
Hampton House,
Corus International 20, Albert Embankment +442079758393/
9 +442079758406 Up to 30"
Projects London SE1 7TJ, United King +442079758370
dom
130 Rue De Silly, BP 415, 92103
10 Vallouarec Industries Boulogne- Bilancourt, Cedex +33 1 49093500 +33 1 49093705 Up to 30"
France
HSAW Lines pipe with

three layer external
11
PE/PP and internal
coating
HSAW Line Pipe,Vendor shall be confirmed during the Pre-bid meeting.
12
226, 1-G-A, Sinmunno Jongho GV,

13 Hyundai corporation 82-2-390-1114 82-2-390-1693
Seoul, 110786, Korea
10 Bongnae-Dong 1, Joong-Gu,
14 Seah Steel Corporation
Seoul South Korea
85/5, 80040 Salipazan Istanbul,

15 Umran Steel
Turkey
Av. Gasto Vidigal Neto, 475 Cidade
16 Comfab Industrial S.A. Nova 12414-020
ERW Line Pipes
Pindamonhangabasp, Brazil
17 ILVA SpA Viale certosa, 249 Milano, Italy
18 HU Steel Corpoation South Korea

Prakash Nagar, Bahdurgarh,
01276-241 540,
19 Surya Roshni Limited Haryana - 124 507 Email : 01276-241 886 upto 12" size,
241 296/97
surya_roshni@satyam.net.in
Welspun Gujarat Stahl
20 Anjar, Kutchh, Gujarat 02836-573428/29 2856-247070 upto 12" size,
Rohren Ltd
Contractor shall ensure that each line pipe manfacturer shall have valid API 5L license and in case of firm order the license should be valid till
complete execution of supplies
386, Veer Savarkar Marg, (022) 4307023, (022) 430 7365, 430
21 3LPE Pipe Coating PSL Holdings Ltd
Prabhadevi, Mumbai- 400 025 4309058 5335
Vendor list .xls page 1 of 16


Date : 16 NOV 2006
39, Latif House,

Ishwardas Aggarwal & 3rd floor,Sant Tukaram Road,
22 +91 22 342 2566 +91 22 342 3782
Sons (Trader) Iron Market,
MUMBAI-400 009
M.J. Patel & 116, P.D. Mello Road, Near Carnace
23 - -
Company(Trader) Bridge, MUMBAI - 400 009
Apex Tubes Pvt. Ltd.

Apex Tubes Pvt. Ltd.
24 1/6-B, Asaf Ali Road 011-3236408
(Manufacturer & Trader)
New Delhi – 110 002
526/36, Maulana Azad Road, 2nd
Steel Tubes (India) +91 22 389 5908 +91
25 Station Piping Floor, Gulalwadi Circle, +9122 3895906
(Trader) 22 381 2564
(Seamless Pipes) Trader MUMBAI - 400 004
Nagardas Kanji Shah 176, Magazine Street, Darukhana, (022) 3721066/
26 (022) 3781032
(Trader) Mazgaon, Mumbai- 400 010 3724157, 3781031
P.B.No. 3081, 276/278, Samuel

(022) 3435091/92,
27 Jyoti Industries Street, 2nd Floor, Vadgadi, Mumbai- (022) 3421391
3451530
400 003
205, Magnanial Chambers, Baburao (022) 3430105,
The Bengal Mill Stores
28 Bobde Marg, Iron Market, Mumbai- 3430107, 3434918, (022) 3414763
Supply Co (Trader)
400 009 3442864
M-2, Sundaram, Sion Circle, Mumbai- (022) 409 2016,
29 Radiant Engineering Co. (022) 4094822
400 022 4096036
PO Box 17537, Jebel Ali Free Zone,
30 Tianjin Pipe corporation 97148833799 97148833899
Dubai, U.A.E
31 Mitsubihsi
32 Trub chomutov
Seamless Pipe
33 Manfacturer TENARIS
34 Valcvony
Vallurorec Maneshman
35
Tubes Barzil
Virgo Engineers Virgo Engineers,J/517, MIDC
36 020-2747 4481 020-2747 0772 Upto 24" class 600
Ltd,Pune Bhosari,Pune – 411 026
Oswal Industries Limited
404, Sakar-III
37 Oswal Industries Ltd 079-30947636 079-27540839 Up to 12" class 600
Opp. Old High Court
Ahmedabad – 390 014
Plot no. R-241, TTC Industrial Area
Steel Strong Valves (P) Up to 12" class 600 of
38 MIDC,Rabale, New Bombay-400
Ltd. split body type
701
Flow Chem Industries
10, Navdurga Indl. Estate
39 Flow Chem Industries Opp. Forge Blower 79-220 4773 79-220 1401 Up to 12" class 600
Naroda Road
Ahmedabad – 25
B.D.K. Engineering (I) Ltd.
40 Micro Finish Valves Gokul road Up to 12" class 600
Hubli 580 030
BALL VALVES
4, Karmabhumi Industrial Estate,
Hawa Valves (India)
41 Opp. Ajit Mill Police chowky, Up to 8" class 600
Pvt. Ltd
Rakhial Road, Ahemdabad
42 L&T /Audco Valves Chennai Upto 24" 600#
Cooper Cameron 0065 865 2887

No.2, Gul Circle, Jurong Industrial
43 Valves (Singapore) Pte. Mobile 0065 9783 0065 861 7109 Up to 30" class 600
Estate, Singapore - 629560
Ltd. 7381
Gedulderweg, 95
BÖHMER BALL
44 45549 Sprockhövel + 49 2324 7001 0 + 49 2324 7001 79 Up to 30" class 600
VALVES
GERMANY
Hlucinska, 41
45 MSA 747 22 Dolni Benesov + 420 553 881 111 + 420 553 651 236 Up to 30" class 600
CZECH REPUBLIC


Date : 16 NOV 2006
RMA Maschinen- und

Armaturenbau Oststrasse, 17 77694 Kehl
46 + 49 78 51 86 80 + 49 78 51 86 813 Up to 30" class 600
Faulhaber & GERMANY
Truttenbach
SCHUCK
Daimlerstrasse 4-7 89555
47 ARMATUREN + 49 73 29 950 0 + 49 73 29 950 161 Up to 30" class 600
Steinheim GERMANY
(ex BORSIG)
SUD ROBINETTERIE 279-305, Bvd D. Casanova
48 INDUSTRIE 13309 Marseille + 33 - 495 055 050 + 33 495 055 070 Up to 30" class 600
(SRI) FRANCE
TORMENE GAS Via Campolongo, 97
49 TECHNOLOGY 35020 Due Carrare PD +39 049 919 96 11 +39 049 912 54 55 Up to 30" class 600
BALL VALVES
(VALVITALIA) ITALY
Via L. Cadorna, 6 21041 Albizzate
50 VIAR VALVOLE + 39 0331 99 29 85 + 39 0331 99 29 92 Up to 30" class 600
VA ITALY
BREDA ENERGIA Viale Sarca, 336 20126 Milano
51 + 39 02 64 47 71 + 39 02 64 47 75 42 Up to 30" class 600
SESTO INDUSTRIA ITALY
+ 33 442 10 36 36
FLOW CONTROL
23, deuxième avenue + 33 442 10 36 00 G39
52 TECHNOLOGIES Up to 30" class 600
13743 Vitrolles FRANCE + 91 11 647 14 69 India + 91 11 646
(TYCO Flow Control)
15 50
Viale G Borri, 42
53 PETROLVALVES 21053 Castellanza VA + 39 0331 334 111 + 39 0331 675 830 Up to 30" class 600
ITALY
Contractor shall ensure that each valve manfacturer shall have valid API 6D license and in case of firm order the license shall be valid till
complete execution of supplies.
54 M/s BIFI Italy
55 M/s Rotork fluid Sytem Italy

Gas Over Oil Actuators
55 PC Intertecnik Germany
56 M/s Bettis Belgium
10, Navdurga Indl. Estate
57 Flow Chem Industries Opp. Forge Blower 079 2204773/3623 Up to 12" class 600
Naroda Road
Ahmedabad – 25
101, samrudhi, Sattar Taluka
58 Shreeraj Industries Socitey, Opp old high court Up to 8" class 600
lane,Ahemdabad
Plot no. R-241, TTC Industrial Area
Steel Strong Valves (P) Up to 12" class 600 split
59 MIDC,Rabale, New Bombay-400
Ltd. body type
701
Ornate Valves Pvt. Ltd.
Ornate Valves Pvt. Ltd., 104, Eric House
60 Up to 12" class 600
Mumbai 16th Road Chembur, Mumbai- 400
Globe Valve
071
61 Micro Finish Valves Gokul road Up to 12" class 600
Hubli 580 030
62 L&T /Audco Valves Chennai Up to 12" class 600
404, Sakar-III
63 Oswal Industries Ltd 079-30947636 079-27540839 Up to 12" class 600
Opp. Old High Court
D-115/116
Ghatkopar Industrial Estate
Niton Valve Industries
64 L.B.S. Marg 022-500 8315 022 5007654 Up to 12" class 600
Pvt. Ltd.
Ghatkopar (West)
MUMBAI - 400 086


Date : 16 NOV 2006
197 SIDCO Industrial Area

65 Econo Valves Pvt. Ltd. Ambattur 044-6251829 / 6254371 044-6257501
CHENNAI - 600 098
66 L&T/ Audco Valves Chennai
Plot no. R-241, TTC Industrial Area Spring Loaded Type
Steel Strong Valves (P)
67 MIDC,Rabale, New Bombay-400 022-27699489/90 022-27695537 Upto 12” x 600# of split
Ltd.
701 body type
Up to 12" 600# (Lift
404, Sakar-III
68 Oswal Industries Ltd 079-30947636 079-27540839 Type ,Wafer Type &
Opp. Old High Court
Swing Type)
0836-331 499/ 333
69 Micro Finish Valves Gokul road Up to 12" 600#
930
Hubli 580 030
Check/ NonReturn 10, Navdurga Indl. Estate Up to 12" 600# (Lift
70 Valves Flow Chem Industries Opp. Forge Blower 079-220 4773/3623 Type ,Wafer Type &
Naroda Road Swing Type)
Ahmedabad – 25
Ornate Valves Pvt. Ltd.
Ornate Valves Pvt. Ltd., 104, Eric House Up to 12" 600# (Lift &
71 022-556 6432/7231
Mumbai 16th Road Chembur, Mumbai- 400 Swing Type)
071
Arpita Enterprise
1201, GIDC Estate
Upto 8" 600#(Wafer
72 Arpita Enterprise Phase IV 02692-36187
Type)
Vithal Udyog Nagar
Anand – 388 112
D-115/116
Ghatkopar Industrial Estate
Niton Valve Industries 022-5007654 / Up to 12" 600# (Lift &
73 L.B.S. Marg 022-5008315
Pvt. Ltd. 5007436 Swing Type)
Ghatkopar (West)
MUMBAI - 400 086
147, Karapakkam Village,
74 FMC Sanmar Ltd. 044-492-5455 044-492-6114
CHENNAI - 600 096
Protego Equipments
75 Navi Mumbai
Pvt. Ltd. ,
32, Sivaji Marg, Post Box No.6223,
76 Larsen & Toubro 011-5931302 011-5438624
Near Moti Nagar, NEW DELHI
Pressure Relief Valve
SEBIM Valves India 908, Ansal Bhawan, 16, Kasturba 011-331 2110, 331
77 011-371 2155
Pvt. Ltd. Ghandhi Marg, New Delhi-110 00 8360
RMG Regal +
78 Messtech GmbH, Germany
Germany
Via Grinetta, 22- Seriate, 24068
79 ZUNT ITALIANA 39 035 303 982 39 035 303 969
Bergamo, ITALY
Via Leonardo da Vinci, 17/19,
80 Alfa Engineering, S.r.l 39059904611 39059815156
41030 Bastiglia (Modena), Italy
Insulating Joints
Via Mantova, 10, 21053 Muggio (
81 PROCHIND 39 039 795 599 39 039 214 4426
Milano), ITALY
Via Prampolini,30-41043 Formigine
82 NUOVA GIUNGAS srl (059) 558390 (r.a.) (059) 570633
(Modena) ITALY
Lerenveld 20
Up to 30" class 600
83 DYLAN België 2547 Lint +32 3 488 48 00 +32 3 488 48 80
fittings and Flow Tee
BELGIUM
Dynamicalaan 4-8
Up to 30" class 600
84 F.B.F. 2610 Antwerpen +32 3 820 58 80 +32 3 828 96 22
BELGIUM
Hohenzollernstrasse 24
FERROSTAAL Up to 30" class 600
85 45128 Essen +49 201 818 01 +49 201 818 2822
(MAN Group) fittings and Flow Tee
GERMANY


Date : 16 NOV 2006
Große Straße 14
Up to 30" class 600
86 INTERFORGE 27356 Rotenburg +49 4261 4081 +49 4261 3090
GERMANY
Mark S. Clarkelaan 13 a
Haven No. M 512 Up to 30" class 600
87 KÜRVERS Piping +31 168 33 43 44 +31 168 33 43 49
4761 RK Zevenbergen fittings and Flow Tee
THE NETHERLANDS
Premier estate
Leys Road
Up to 30" class 600
88 MEREK Engineering Brockmoor Brierley Hill +44 121 544 9938 +44 121 544 9132
DY5 3UT West Midlands
UNITED KINGDOM
Unit 3 Rowan Court
Crystal Drive
Up to 30" class 600
89 PETROFIT Smethwick 0121 544 9938 0121 544 9132
B66 1RB West Midlands
UNITED KINGDOM
Ten Bergstraat 4
PHOCEENNE Up to 30" class 600
90 2830 WIllebroek +32 3 860 73 70 +32 3 860 73 71
(Groupe Genoyer) fittings and Flow Tee
BELGIUM
Schaarbeeklei 189
VAN LEEUWEN Up to 30" class 600
91 1800 Vilvoorde +32 2 255 40 00 +32 2 253 20 92
BUIZEN fittings and Flow Tee
BELGIUM
M.S.FITTINGS MFG.CO.(P)LTD.
MS Fittings Mfg. Co. 033- 2362902,
92 H.O. 17-WESTERN STREET, 033-2252103 Upto 24 " class 600
Pvt. Ltd, Kolkatta 2362903
KOLKATA-13
Pipe Fittings (Elbows, Ferro Tubes & Forging Industries C-
Tee, Reducers) Ferrous Alloy Forging
93 1/129, GIDC Estate, Vaghodia, 02668-62479 upto 12"
(P) Ltd.
Baroda-391760
496/1, GIDC Industrial Estate,
94 Pipe Fit Engineers Makarpura, Baorda-390010 0265-2636 547/545 0265-2636 546 upto 24" size, 600#
pipefit@pipefit.net
315/317, Navratan 69, P D Mello +91 22 342 3382-83,
95 Teekay Tube Road Near Carnac +91 22 343 7716, (022) 349162 Up to 24" class 600
Bridge,MUMBAI - 400 009 3445477, 3446975
Atrul Manai (1st floor) 27 whites

96 Steward & Lloyds 044 8523375 044 8522877
Road Cehnnai-600014
ALLIACE FITTINGS & FORGINGS

Alliance Fittings and INC. 022-2788 1134 /
97 022-2778 1333 / 1916 Up to 12" class 600
Forgings, Navi Mumbai A-468/469, T.T.C. Industrial Area, 5590 2273
Mahahpe, Navi Mumbai – 400 701
Swastik LIoyds Engineering Pvt

Swastik Lloyds
Ltd.
98 Engineering Pvt. Ltd. 022-3860222/23 022-7402779 Up to 12" class 600
58,Islampura street ,
Mumbai
MumbaI-400 004
748/8, GIDC Indl. Estate
Tube Products Makarpura
99 0265-5545 211/214 0265-2831 031 Upto 36 " class 600
Incorporate.,Baroda BARODA - 390 010
tpi@tubeproductsinc.com
526/36, Maulana Azad Road, IInd
(022) 3895908 /
100 Steel Tubes (India) Floor, (Gulalwadi Circle) , Mumbai- (022) 3895906 Upto 24 " class 600
3822821
400 004
Eften Engineering Pvt. D1, Sipcot Industrial Park, 04111-256284,
101 0411-256714 Up to 8" class 600
Ltd. Irungattukottai-602105, Tamilnadu 256714
201, Palace Plaza, Lalbaug Road,

Near Kashivishwanath Temple, 0265-243 3003 / 553
102 Sawan Engineers 0265-243 5196 Up to 18" class 600
Baroda - 390 001 Email : 8308
sawanengg@sify.com


Date : 16 NOV 2006
111, DLF Industrial Estate 14th

Ferrous Alloy Forging
103 Mile Stone Mathura Road -- -- Up to 24" class 600
(P) Ltd.
FARIDABAD - 121 003
Parvati Chambers, Opp. Apsara
Sanghvi Forging & Up to 12" class 600
104 Cinema, Pratapnagar Road, 0265-258 0644/1658 0265 258 1126
Engineering Ltd Flanges Only.
Baroda - 390 004
201, Palace Plaza, Lalbaug Road,
Near Kashivishwanath Temple, 0265-243 3003 /
105 Sawan Engineers 0265-243 5196 Up to 18" class 600
Baroda - 390 001 Email : 3096008
sawanengg@sify.com
Kanjur Village Road
+91 22 578 2461
106 ECHJAY Forgings Ltd. Kunjan Marg east +91 22 578 4962 Up to 24" class 600
+91 22 578 2830
MUMBAI - 400 042
M.S.FITTINGS MFG.CO.(P)LTD.
MS Fittings Mfg. Co. 033- 2362902,
107 Flanges H.O. 17-WESTERN STREET, 033-2252103 Up to 24" class 600
Pvt. Ltd, Kolkatta 2362903
KOLKATA-13
748/8, GIDC Indl. Estate
Tube Products Makarpura
108 0265-5545 211/214 0265-2831 031 Upto 36 " class 600
Incorporate.,Baroda BARODA - 390 010
tpi@tubeproductsinc.com
PO Box 20, Near Hapur Road
Choudhary Hammer
109 Opp. Power House +91 120 474 4921 +91 120 479 2897 Up to 24" class 600
Works
GHAZIABAD
496/1, GIDC Industrial Estate,
108 Pipe Fit Engineers Makarpura, Baorda-390010 0265-2636 547/545 0265-2636 546 upto 24" size, 600#
pipefit@pipefit.net
38B, Mayapuri, Indl.Area
110 Punjab Steel Works Phase-I +91 11 513 0960 +91 11 513 7432 Up to 24" class 600
NEW DELHI - 110 064
Faraday Road, Dorcan Way,
111 TD WILLIAMSON LTD. Swindon Wittshire SN3 5HF +44793524971 +44793643969
ENGLAND
Via G. Boeri, 11 20141, Milano,
112 FORAIN S.r.l. +39028467345 +39028465325
ITALY
70, Carwood Road Sheffield S4
113 Skelton Hall 44(0)114243 1332 44(0)114 244 9579
7SD England
Nottinghamshire S82 PY
114 GD ENGINEERING +441909482323 +441909477902
ENGLAND
EQUIP ENGINEERS 120,Maker chamber, V-221, (022)20443635,

115 (022)2845910
Scraper Traps(Pig INDIA PVT. LTD. Nariman point, Mumbai-2 2042473
Launchers & Receivers)
GEA Energy System 443, Anna Salai, Teynampet, +9144-433-5958 +9144-43605
116
(India) Ltd. CHENNAI - 600 018 +9144-4334940 9144-434-3374
Gastech Engineering Pvt. Ltd., B-

117 Gastech USA 20, 1st Floor, Lajpat Naagr-II, New 011 251721141
Delhi-110024
Fouress Engineeing(India) Ltd.,

Mahalaxmi Chambers, 022-24964400
118 Fouress India Pvt. Ltd 022-24937544
22 Bhulabhai Desai Road,
Mumbai – 400 026


Date : 16 NOV 2006
Nottinghamshire S82 PY
119 GD ENGINEERING +441909482323 +441909477902
ENGLAND
9/11,rue de Lisboone, Z.l.,B.P.61,F-

120 Phoceene, France +33(0) 442 794 821 +33(0) 442 794 079
13742 Vitrolles, France
Quick Opening
Closures and Pig INTERNATIONAL Walkerville Industrial Estate
121 Signallers PIPELINE PRODUCTS Catterick Garrison North Yorkshire +441748834577 +441748834121
LTD. DL9 4RR,ENGLAND
RMA MASCHINEN-
UND
Oststrasse, 17 77694
122 ARMATURENBAU +4978518680 +49785186813
KEHL/RHEIN , GERMANY
KEHL FAULHABER &
TRUTTENBACH KG
22, Sarvodaya Society,Nizampura

123 Tata Projects Ltd. ,Baroda-390002
0265-2392863 0265-2785952
Indian Register of
124
Shipping
Bax counsel 303, Madhava, Bandra Kurla
022-
125 Inspection Bureau Complex, Bandra (E), Mumbai- 022-26591526
26591526,26590236
Pvt. Ltd. 400051
The Leela Galleria ,5th
126 Bureau Veritas Floor,Andheri-Kurla Road,Andheri 022-6956300 022-6956309
(East),Mumbai-400059
304-305, Anna
127 Germanischer Lloyd Salai,Teyanampet,Chennai - 044-24320335 044-24328186
600018
Velosi Certification Services (I) Pvt.
Ltd.,
Velosi Certification
128 212,ShivKrupa Commercial Centre, 022-5376770 022-5426777
Services, Mumbai Off Gokhale Road,Navpada
Thane (W) 400 602
ABS Industrial 404,Mayuresh Chambers, Sector-

129 Third Party Inspection Verification 11,CBD Belapur(E), Navi 022-27578780/1/2 022-27578784/5
Agency Ltd.,Mumbai Mumbai -400614
Certification
EIL Bhavan, 5th Floor, 1 ,Bhikaji 011-
130 Engineers 011-26101418
Cama Place,New Delhi -110066 26167539,26102121
International Ltd.
Dalal Mott 501, Sakar -II ,Ellisbridge,
131 079-6575550 079-6575558
MacDonald Ahmedabad-380006
International
E-7 ,Chand Society, Juhu Road,
132 Certification 022-26245747 022-26248167
Juhu, Mumbai-4000049
Systems
M/s Intertek Testing 401, Everest House, 4th Floor, 6-

133 Services (Inida) Pvt. SUREN ROAD, Andheri (E), 022 26934848
Limited Mumbai-400093
T15, Third Floor, National Plaza,

TUV India Pvt Ltd ( 0265 235 0920, 235
134 RC Dutt Road, Baroda - 390 005 0265 235 0900
TUV NORD Group) E mail : tuvad@iqara.net 0930
Churchgate Station Bldg., 2nd

135 Rites Ltd. 022-22012523 022-22084155
Floor, M.K.Road, MUMBAI
SGS India Pvt. Ltd, SGS House, 4B
136 SGS ,A.S.Marg, Vikhroli(W), Mumbai- 022-25798421 to 28 022-25798431to 33
400083


Date : 16 NOV 2006
Corrosion Control 022-

405, Arun Chambers, Tardeo
137 Services(B) Pvt. 23524593,566270 022-24934570
Road, Mumbai -400034
Ltd.,Mumbai 10
Cathodic Protection 709/710, Tolstoy House,

Raychem RPG
138 Sub-Contractor Tolstoy Marg, New Delhi - 110
Limited
001
Corrtech 22, Dhara Centre ,Vijay Cross

079-
139 International Pvt. Road, Navrangpura, 079-6431615
6563443,6568639
Ltd., Ahmedabad Ahmedabad- 380009
CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM MATERIALS
M/s CANARA
140 ELECTRIC
Transformer Rectifier CONTROLS MUMBAI
Unit [TRU] AC Input DC
Output, & CPPSM M/s CIMCON
SOFTWARE
141
SERVICES
INC.,AHMEDABAD
M/s TITANOR
142
COMPONENTS,GOA
M/s ELTECH,
143
NETHERLANDS
MMO ANODES
M/s ORANZIO DE
144
NORA,USA
M/s CORPRO
145 TECHNOLOGIES,
SINGAPORE
M/s METAL FOUNDERS

146
MUMBAI
M/s SHAKTI
147 ENTERPRISES
AHMEDABAD
M/s PROTECH ALLOY

148
ANODES KARAIKUDI
SACRIFICIAL ANODES
M/s SCIENTIFIC METAL
149 ENGINEERS
KARAIKUDI
150 M/s CORPEN ANODES
M/s ELECTRO-
149 PROTECTION
SERVICES


Date : 16 NOV 2006
150 M/s HARCO USA
151 M/s MC MILLER USA

REFERENCE COPPER
SULPHATE
ELECTRODES
152 M/s BORIN USA
M/s
153 ELECTROCHEMICAL
DEVICES USA
154 PIN BRAZING M/s. Safetrack
155 THERMITWELD M/s. Erico Europa
155 M/s DEHN GmbH
156 M/s CITEL
157 M/s MC MILLER
SURGE DIVERTORS
M/s CONTROL
158
TECHNOLOGY
M/s DAIRYLAND
159 ELECTRICAL
INDUSTRIES
M/s INTERNATIONAL
160 CORROSION CONTROL
Inc.
161 M/s KIRK ENGINEERING
M/s INTERNATIONAL
Inc.
POLARIZATION CELLS / M/s ELK ENGINEERING

163 AC DECOUPLING ASSOCIATES Inc,
DEVICE
164 M/s RUSTROL
M/s DAIRYLAND
165 ELECTRICAL
INDUSTRIES


Date : 16 NOV 2006
166 M/s METAL SAMPLES
167 E R PROBE M/s CORRTEST
M/s ROSE CORROSION,

168
U.K
169 M/s. BASCO
170 M/s. ALFA
171 M/s. R M A
172 M/s. NUOVAGIUNGAS
173 M/s. ZUNT
INSULATION MONO
174 M/s. PHOCENNE
BLOCKS
M/s. PPELINE
175 ENGINEERING &
SUPPLY CO.
M/s. TUBE TURN

176
TECHNOLOGIES
177 M/s. KEROTEST MFG.
M/s.INTERNATION
Inc.
M/s. PIPELINE SEAL &

179
INSULATORS Inc.
P.O.Box 15 01 20 * D-51344
180 Denso GmbH +49 214 2602-0 +49 214 2602-318
Cold Applied Tapes Leverkusen, Germany
181 Raychem
Multi Thread Fasteners.,
Multi Thread Fasteners, 0265-2647310
182 885/B GIDC Makarpura, 0265-2642821
Baroda
Baroda – 390010
Stud Bolts with Nut
183 Darukhanwala Mumbai
Precision Engineeris ,
184 Baroda
Baorda
709/710, Tolstoy House, Tolstoy
185 Raychem RPG Limited
Marg, New Delhi - 110 001
Heat Shrinkable Sleeves Canussa (Bhotika Bhotika Brothers, 59,
R.N.Arcade,1st Floor, Lokhandwala
186 Brothers- Indian 022-6331458/9 022-6362253
Complex, Andheri West ,Mumbai-
Represntative)
400053


Date : 16 NOV 2006
Agni Heavy No 20, First Street, Vedhachala (044) 4812420,

(044) 4830885,
187 Engineering Industries Nagar, Kodambakkam, Chennai- 4728713, 4817463,
4838020
Ltd 600 024 4819692, 4725106
Krunal compound, Gala No 1,

Ganesh Nagar, Old Belapur Road,
Krunal Enginering
188 Near Indian Aluminium Cop,
Works
Vitawa, Kalwa (E), Thane- 400
0605
Master Fire Fighters The Nest, 6th Road, Santacruz (022) 6161166,
189 (022) 6106618
Ltd East, Mumbai- 400 055 6106617
6, Saru Sadan, St. Anthony Street,
190 Amcon Technologies Kalina, Santacruz (E), Mumbai-400 (022) 6193401/3283 (022) 6193402
Fire Fighting 029
K.V. Fire Chemicals (I) Pvt. Ltd.
Kamala Nivas, 2nd Floor
K.V. Fire Chemicals(I) 022-2782 0827, 2782
191 Plot No. 32, Lane – D
Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai 3901
Sector 8 Vashi, Navi Mumbai 400
703
Extinct Fire Engineers Pvt. Ltd.
3, A.V. Punjab Soc.,
Extinct Fire Engineers
192 Opp. Sony Mony 022-267 70272
Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
J.P. Road, Andheri (W)
Mumbai – 400 053
105, Popatlal Chambers, 4th Clive
Safety Equipment (022) 3719564,
193 Cross Road, Dana Binder, Masjid, (022) 3725884
Corpn 3773240
Mumbai- 400 009
Dectronics Corporation
4655 Old Ironsides Dr., Suite 100
194 Dectronics
Santa Clara, CA 95054, USA
Gas and Fire Detection M/s Detection

System Instruments India Pvt
Ltd
Amar Hill, Saki Vihar Road
Powai, Bombay +91-22-2857-5089/
195 General Monitors
400-072, India 2857-557
Empire House, 414, Senapati

Empire Industrial 011-6012333,
196 Bapat Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai- 011-6012332
Equipment 6012334
400 013
Protego Equipments
197 Navi Mumbai
Pvt. Ltd. ,
MARVC:Mekaster 908, Ansal Bhawan, 16, Kasturba 011-
198 011-3712155
International Pvt. Ltd Gandhi Marg, New Delhi- 110 001 3318360,3319233
Flame Arrestors
Sanjay Building No 3, Gala No.
AMAL. UK: AOYP
22/22, Mittal Industrial Estate, 022-
199 Engineering Co. Pvt. 022-8504162
Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri(E), 8503819,8504770
Ltd
Mumbai- 400 059
5636 Burbank Cres, SE, Calgary,
200 Westech
Alberta, Canda T2H 1Z6
405, BMC House, N-1, Connaught +91 11 335 3160

201 Finolex Cables
Place, NEW DELHI - 110 001 +91 11 335 3103
12th Floor
+91 11 331 2880
Hindustan Times House
202 RPG Cables Limited +91 11 331 9653 +91 11 331 3235
18-20 Kasturba Gandhi Marg
+91 11 371 5504
NEW DELHI - 110 001
OFC
International Division 286,
Himachal Futuristic Udyog Vihar Phase-II , GURGAON - +91 124 634 0744
203 +91 124 634 0743
Communications Ltd. 122 016 +91 124 634 2469
HARYANA
OFC Division 604-607, Tolstoy
Sterlite Industries (I) +91 11 335 1393
204 House Tolstoy Marg NEW DELHI - +91 11 335 5768
Ltd. +91 11 3736941
110 001


Date : 16 NOV 2006
Jain Irrigation System Ltd.

Jain Irrigation System Jain Plastic Park
205 0257-250011 Upto 50 mm Diameter
Ltd, Jalgaon P.O. Box 72
Jalgaon - 425 001
Parixit Industries Ltd.
Parixit Induatries Plot No. 4912, Phase IV
206 5841648 Upto 50 mm Diameter
Limited, Ahmedabad GIDC Vatva
HDPE Duct for OFC Ahmedabad – 382 445
Pennwalt Agru Plastics Ltd.
Plot No. 272 A
Pennwalt Agru Plastics Savli GIDC
207 02667-64436-38 Upto 50 mm Diameter
Ltd, Baroda Village Manjusar- 391 775, Baroda
507, International Trade Tower,

208 Sudhir Engg. Co. Nehru Place, NEW DELHI - 110 (011) 646 6293
019
1214, Hemkunt Tower, Nehru
209 Powerica Limited (011) 646 2451
Place, NEW DELHI - 110 019
AMF D.G. Set Supplier
Bhaskar Power Project B-137, Sector - 2, NOIDA - 201 301
210 (0118) 452 1355
Ltd. UTTAR PRADESH
a-43, Phase II (Extension), NOIDA -
211 Jakson Engineers Ltd. (0118) 456 3156
201 305 UTTAR PRADESH
Contronics Switchgear A-30, Sector - 58, NOIDA - 201

212 (0118) 458 3472
(I) Pvt. Ltd. 301, UTTAR PRADESH
Plot No. 4458, Y-95, 8th Street,

213 Elpro Engineering (044) 628 1214
Anna Nagar, CHENNAI - 600 040
RYB Switchgears Pvt. C-543, 2nd Floor, Saraswati Vihar, (011) 701 2329 / 701
214
Ltd. DELHI - 110 034 0097
Mata Bhavan, C-49, Jangpura
215 Trident Switchgears (011) 431 3946
Extension, NEW DELHI - 110 014
MileStones D-92/8, Okhla Industrial Area, (011)681 5500 / 681
216 Main/Secondary & UPS Switchgears Pvt. Ltd. Phase-I, NEW DELHI - 110 020 5501
Distribution Board D-12, Sector - 17, Kavi Nagar
Vidhyut control (I) Pvt. (0120)470 1223 / 470
217 Industrial Area, GHAZIABAD - 201
Ltd. 0112
301, UTTAR PRADESH
Electronic Plot No. 436, Phase-II, G.I.D.C.
(079) 583 0505 / 583
218 Instrumentation & Estate, Vatva, AHMEDABAD - 382
1665
Control 445, GUJARAT
219
Sawti Switchegear,
220
Ahemdabad
221 Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
Control & Switchgear 222, Okhla Industrial Estate, NEW (011) 684 7154 / 682
222
Co. Ltd. DELHI - 110 020 9063
Universal Cables Ltd.,
223 Power Cable
M.P
224 Cord Cables Industries
NICCO Corporation
225 Power Cable
Ltd. , Baroda
Cable Corporation of
226
India Ltd.
227
Power Cables KEI Industrie Ltd.
228 Grandlay
229 R.P.G. Cable Ltd.
Chandresh Cables,
230
Ahmedabad
231 Finolex Cable
232 Polycab Wire Pvt. Ltd.
233 INCAB


Date : 16 NOV 2006
Baliga Lighting
234
Equipments Pvt. Ltd.
Sudhir Switch Gears
235
Pvt. Ltd.
Flame Proof Control
236 Flameproof Lighting Gears Pvt. Ltd.
Fixtures, FLP, Flame Proof Equipment
237
J.Box/FLP Switch Pvt. Ltd.
Socket
Flameproof &
Flex pro Electricals Pvt.
238 Explosion Proof
Ltd, Navsari
Electrical Equipment
239 CEAG
240 Crompton Greaves Ltd.

241 Philips
242 Lighting Fixtures Bajaj Electrical Ltd.
243 GE
244 KESELEC
245 Schneider Electric
A-14, navjivan Soc., Dahej bypass
246 91-98244-75574
Saroj Urja Services Co road
B-2, Lalita Co-op Hou.Soc. Isanpur
247 91-98254-11692
Solar Light Solartech System raod, Ahmedabad
(TATA BP) Jay marketing, Sukrut Apt., HJ
248 91-98251-62853
Khodiyar Enterprise Doshi Hospital Road, Rajkot
206, Kalptaru Complex, Indira
249 0281-258 5532
Hitech Industrial Corp. Circle, Rajkot
Relays OMRON
250 OEN
Fuji Electric Company
251
Limited
B-14/1, G.I.D.C. Electronics Zone,
079-232 21636 /
252 Hi-REL Controls Ltd. Sector - 25, GANDHINAGAR - 382
22531
U.P.S. 044, GUJARAT
Emmerson Network
253
Power Management
254 Gutor Electronics Ltd.
255 Emerson
256 Yokogawa Blue Star
257 Pressure Transmitter Tata Honey Well Ltd
Invensys India/emerson
258
Process
259 H. Guru
Pressure & Temperature
260 A.N. Instrument
Gauge
261 Wika
262 Switzer
263 Delta
264 SOR
Pressure Switch
265 United Electric
266 ITT-Barton
267 CCS
268 ICA
269 Rittal
Instrumentation Panel
270 Pyrotech Controls
271 Enclotek


Date : 16 NOV 2006
Patson Transformers
272
Pvt. Ltd. , Ahmedabad
Transformer
Voltamp Transformers
273
Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad
274 Instrument Fittings Swagelock

including
manifold,needle valve
275 Parkar
etc.
276 Impulse Tubing Sandvik
277 Cummins
Diesel Engine
278 Kirloskar
279 KEC
280 JYOTI
281 Generator NGEF
282 Stamford
283 CGL
284 B.C.H
285 Switch Socket and Baliga
286 Plugs CGL
287 MDS
288 L&T
289 CGL
290 Siemens
Moulded case corcuit
291 Breaker, Switch, Fuse GE
and Contractor Bharti Cutller &
292
Hammer
293 Schneider Electric
294 CSC
295 Indocoil
296 GM
297 Koppa
298 CT/PT Silkana
299 Siemens
300 AE
301 Pragati
302 L&T
303 Siemens
Push Button
304 GE
305 Kaycee
306 Selector Switch Kaycee
Instrumentation Signal Polycab Assiocates

307
Control Cable cables
A-223 Ansal Chambers-1

308 MTL India Pvt Ltd 011-26715408/6180 011-26716181
3, Bhikaji Cama Place. New Delhi
Isolating Barrier
309 P&F
310 SITOP
24 V DC Power Supply
311 PHEONIX
312 RTD ALTOP


Date : 16 NOV 2006
313 Alarm Annunciator IIC
314 Masibus
Power Indicator
24/3,Pantra palya, Mysore Road 080-
315 Yokogawa 080-26742855
Bangalore-560039 India 26742551/26744015
A-223 Ansal Chambers-1

316 MTL India Pvt Ltd 011-26715408/6180 011-26716181
3, Bhikaji Cama Place. New Delhi
Signal Repeater
317 P&F
318 Concord
Indication Lamp
319 L&T
320 Control Switch Gear
321 Electromac
322 Commet
Cable Glands
323 Baliga
324 Flameproff control gear
325 Lugs Dowells
326 Terminal Blocks Elemex

327 MDS
328 Indo Asian
329 clipsal
Lighting MCB DB
330 Datar
331 Havels
332 Standard
333 Voltas
334 Carrier
Air Conditioner
335 LG
336 Amtrex Hitachi
337 MDS
338 Datar
MCB
339 Havells
340 Indo- Asian


Date : 16 NOV 2006
PLN Construction Pvt.

341
Ltd. (India)
Cherington Asia (India)
342
Pvt. Ltd.
Essar House, PO 7945, Mahalaxi,
343 Essar Construction Ltd.
Mumbai -400 034 022-2495 4324
Mersing Construction
and Engineering Sdn
344
Bhd., Selangor
HDD Contractor
(Malaysia)
Herrenknecht (Asia)
345
Ltd. (Thailand)
Horizontal Drilling
346
International (France)
COE Drilling Australia

347
PTY Ltd. (Australia)
Rosen Euro BV,
348
Netherland
349 M/s PII, U.K
Intellegent Pigging
350 Contractor NGKS, Russia
Only for Calliper
351 TDW Williams, India
Pigging
Additional Contractor may also be approved by Owner based on the qualification and shall be confirmed during Pre-bid meeting. IP contractor
shall ensure that tool calibration is done in presence of TPIA
352 EIL, New Delhi

353 Valdel, Bangalore
354 Flour Daniel
Engineering Consultant P.L. Enginnering,
355
Germany
356 Worley, Perth
357 Bechtel
358 Asian Paints (i) Ltd
359 Berger Paints Ltd.
Goodlass Nerolac
360
Paints ltd
Paint
361 Shalimar paints Ltd
Coromandal paints &
362
Chemical Ltd.
363 Bombay Paints ltd
Note : 1) The details of Vendors indicated in this list are based on the information available with GSPL, Contractor shall verify
capabilities of each vendor for producing the required quantity with. Owner does not Gurantee any responsibility on the
performance of the Vendor, it is the contractor reponsiblity to verify the correct status of vendor and quality control of each parties
and also to expedite the material in time.
2) Contractor shall submit the details of each of the party before placement of order.
3) For any item, if the vendor names are not available, it is the reponsiblity of the contractor to submit the credentials of at least
three parties for GSPL approval

APPENDIX-V
AMENDMENT TO PIPELINE
STANDARD AND SPECIFICATION
AMENDMENT TO PIPELINE STANDARD AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SCOPE
This document covers modification / addition to various standard specification and

pipeline standards enclosed with the bid package. The standard specification stands
modified to an extent defined in this amendment.
Unless modified by this amendment the requirement of the applicable standard

specification shall govern.
CONTENTS
1) Standard Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/01 (Specification for Mainline

Construction (Onshore))
2) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/02A (Welding of Onshore Cross-Country

Pipeline)
3) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/03A (Hydro-testing)
4) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/06 (Terminal Piping, Fabrication and Erection)
5) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/11 (FLUSHING AND TESTING)
6) Specification no. MEC/TS/05/62/025 Rev.1 (Technical specification for

seamless fittings and flanges upto 400 mm (16”) NB)
7) Specification no.: MEC/S/05/62/61 Rev-1 (Specification for Pre Commissioning

/ Commissioning)
8) Specification no. MEC/S/05/62/70 (Caliper Pigging)
9) Standard Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/75 (Specification for pipeline

crossings using horizontal directional drilling method)
10) Specification No. MEC/TS/05/21/012D, R-0 (Technical Specification for

Linepipe)
11) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/014, R-2 (Specification for 3-Layer

Polyethylene Coating Of Linepipes )
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Latest Amendment to TS.doc Page 1 of 10

1) Standard Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/01 (Specification for
Mainline Construction (Onshore))
1. Refer Clause No. 9.1.8 i.e. related to lowering in trench
“The maximum section which should be lowered in a stretch shall be

limited to 1.6 km maximum length”.
Other details remain unaltered.
2) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/02A (Welding of Onshore Cross-

Country Pipeline)
Refer Clause No. 12.5 “Non-Destructive Examination”
Following to be noted :
i) Standards of acceptability shall be strictly as per API 1104. Any

requirement over and above, this mentioned anywhere in this
specification shall not be applicable for this project.
ii) Ultrasonic inspection is must for repair & tie-in joints.
iii) Welding qualification, testing and acceptance criteria shall be as per
API 1104.
iv) Re-repair of joints shall be permitted as per API 1104 provided all
procedure is followed as stipulated in API 1104.
v) Gamma-ray radiography may be used for tie-in joint provided slow
film like D4 radiography film is used by contractor for better
sensitivity.
Special points w.r.t. Welding
i) For mainline welding following LINCON Electrode to be used.
Root – E6010
Filler & Hot Pass – E7010
ii) Electrode Qualification Test (EQT) for every batch is required.
iii) Mainline welding shall be downhill.
Tie-in & Root shall be uphill welding.

Rest shall be downhill.
All other points of the specification remains unchanged.
3) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/03 A (Hydro-testing)
a) Refer Page No.: 4 of 17, Clause No. 5.1 shall be read as “The duration
of hydrostatic test shall be minimum of 24 hrs. after stabilization and
the test pressure shall be 1.5 x Design pressure (95 bar) and as
indicated in Clause 5.2”.

b) Refer Page No.: 4 of 17, Clause No. 6.0, Add the following at the end
of Para. “PV reorder with chart for hydro-test and calibration
certificate” not older than one month shall be provided by the
contractor.
c) Refer Page No.: 4 of 17, Clause No. 5.2, shall be read as “The
maximum base pressure shall not be higher than one resulting in a
hoop stress corresponding to 95% of SMYS of pipe material based on
the minimum wall thickness in the test section & minimum test
pressure shall not be lower than the one resulting in a hoop stress
corresponding to 85% of SMYS of pipe material based on the
minimum wall thickness in the test section”.
d) Refer Page No.: Page No. 4 of 17, Clause No. 6.0 equipment and
instrumentation. Fill pump capacity shall be such that pig travel speed
is approx. 2 km/hr.
e) Refer Page No.: 9 of 17, Clause No. 7.8, The line “In order the above
ratio is acceptable, it shall not differ from 1 by more than 6% (i.e.
1.06)” shall be replaced by the line “In order the above ratio is
acceptable, it shall not differ from 1 by more than 2% (i.e. 1.02)”.
f) Refer Page No.: 9 of 17, Clause No. 7.8, “V1/Vp exceeds 1.06” shall be
replaced by “V1/Vp exceeds 1.02”.
g) Refer Page No.: 9 of 17, Clause No. 7.9, Replace Para 1 by following :
“After the section has been pressurized and the air volume test has
given acceptable results the test pressure shall be held for 24 hours
for strength test at specified test pressure maintained by periodically
make-up and bleed off after stabilization. After temperature and
pressure has stabilized, the injection pump shall be disconnected and
all connections at the test heads shall be checked for leakage. The
pressure recorders shall then be started with the charts in a real time
orientation for continuous recording throughout the test”.
h) Refer Page No.: 11 of 17, Clause No. 9.1, shall be read as:
“Contractor shall de-pressurise the line at the rate of 5 kg/cm2 per
minute upto 2 kg/cm2 and shall dewater the tested line as per the
following requirement after test acceptance.
The dewatering shall be carried out by using four cup pigs and foam
pigs driven by compressed air. The detailed dewatering procedure
shall be developed by the contractor in such as a way as to provide
adequate control to pigs during dewatering. Pigs and equipment
required for dewatering the line shall be furnished by contractor and
shall be approved in advance by the company. Four cup pigs shall first
be passed through the line to displace the water. Foam pigs shall then
be passed in order to complete the line dewatering. Contractor shall
use a number of foam pigs, each in different colors / numbered for
this purpose. The line shall be considered dewatered when a
negligible amount of water is flushed out by the last foam pig and
approval is given by the company.

4) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/06 (Terminal Piping, Fabrication
and Erection)
Following changes shall be considered:-
i) Gamma ray shall be used for Terminal Pipe welding provided slow film
like D4 film is used.
ii) Acceptability Criteria shall be only as per API-1104
5) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/11 (FLUSHING AND TESTING)
Refer page no. 8 of 9.
(1) Clause no. 4.4.1, Para no. 6, the last line shall be read as “Test period
shall be maintained for minimum 6 (six) hours”.
(2) Refer page no. 9 of 9 clause no. 4.5, para 3 shall be read as “After
testing is completed the test blinds shall be removed and equipment/
piping isolated during testing shall be connected using the specified
gaskets, bolts and nuts. These connections shall be checked for
tightness in subsequent pneumatic tests and leakage test at design
pressure i.e. 95 bar by N2 to be carried out by the contractor for
complete loop/ circuit including equipments (except rotary
equipments).
6) Specification no. MEC/TS/05/62/025 Rev.1 (Technical specification

for seamless fittings and flanges upto 400 mm (16”) NB)
(1) Refer Para 1.0 i.e. SCOPE of above specification
- “Seamless fittings 400 mm (16”) NB and smaller, such as tees,

elbows, reducers and caps”. The above line shall be read as:
“Seamless fittings 200 mm (8”) NB and smaller, such as tees, elbows,

reducers and caps”.
Further for 300 mm (12”) NB and 250 mm (10”) NB – fittings shall be

of welded construction.
(2) Refer Para 4.3 : The same should be read as under:
“Unless specified otherwise, Charpy V – notch test shall be conducted

for each heat of steel, in accordance with the impact test provision of
ASTM A370 at ( - ) 20 °C. The average impact energy values of three
full sized specimens shall be 35 Joules and minimum should not be
less than 28 Joules for any of the specimens.
7) Specification no.: MEC/S/05/62/61 Rev-1 (Specification for Pre

Commissioning / Commissioning)
Following amendment / additional requirements shall be applicable:-
a) Refer page no. 2 of 8, clause no. 2.0 para no. 3, shall be read as “The
contractor shall be responsible for demonstrating the successful
completion of all the activities i.e. flushing of terminal piping,
dewatering, swabbing, drying inertisation and commissioning of the
pipeline. All necessary work to perform the job successfully including
necessary modifications required shall be the responsibility of the
contractor”.
b) Refer page no. 3 of 8, clause no. 3.0, new para to be added
Drying - Drying the entire pipeline to required degree of the dryness as

specified.
c) Refer page no. 6 of 8, following new clause 4.3.3 and 4.3.4 to be

added
4.3.3 DRYING
The pipeline shall be finally dried with appropriate drying method

such as vacuum drying, drying with super dry air etc. to the
required dryness.
4.3.3.1 Vacuum Drying
4.3.3.2 General
During the vacuum drying method, the residual water in the

pipeline left after the swabbing operation shall be removed by
reducing the internal pressure of the pipeline phase wise.
The vacuum drying operation shall commence as soon as possible

after the swabbing operation is completed.
Contractor shall submit the detailed drying procedure for

company’s approval.
4.3.3.3 Operational Requirements
The vacuum drying operation consists of three phases i.e.

evacuation, evaporation and the final drying by reduction of the
pressure.
During the entire operation, dew point, vapor temperature and

pressure shall be record.
4.3.3.4 Acceptance Criteria
Finally when the pipeline pressure has been lowered to the

specified vapor corresponding to the required dew point i.e. (-)
20°C at atmospheric pressure, the pipeline shall be locked in and
pressure shall be monitored during the soak period of a minimum
of 12 hrs. If pressure increases during this phase, it indicates a
further boil-off.
The dew point at the inlet and outlet ends; each individual
consumer points and sectionalising valve stations shall be
monitored to ensure that the required dew point is achieved
throughout the pipeline system.
The process shall be repeated until no significant pressure

increase are measured. The dew points at the inlet and outlet
ends and each individual consumer points shall be measured to
ensure that the required dew point is achieved throughout the
pipeline system.
4.3.4 Super Dry Air Method
4.3.4.1 General
The air drying operation shall remove the residual water in the
pipeline left behind after swabbing by means of absorption of the
water into super dry air blown through the pipeline.
Contractor shall specify the procedure and duration of the air

drying method, which shall be approved by company.
The air drying operation shall commence as soon as possible after

the swabbing operation is completed.
4.3.4.2 Operational Requirement
The inlet air shall be oil free dry and have dew point below the
required dew point in the pipeline.
4.3.4.3 Acceptance Criteria
When the pipeline is dried using super dry air, contractor shall dry
the pipeline to a dew point of (-) 20 0C, at atmospheric pressure.
8) Specification no. MEC/S/05/62/70 (Caliper Pigging)
a) Refer Page No. 5 of 9, Clause No. 8, The new para added “Prior
calibration with dent pipe to be done at site in presence of owner /
consultant.
b) Refer Page no. 8 of 9, the following new clause 15.0 to be added.
15.0 Acceptance criteria.
i) For dents = 5% of O. D.
ii) Ovality = 5% of I. D.
iii) Location Accuracy = Actual + 3.0 m
= Circumferential : + 12°
iv) Final report shall be submitted within 30 days

9) Standard Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/75 (Specification for
pipeline crossings using horizontal directional drilling method)
1. Refer Clause No. 2.2 – Following minimum requirements of minimum

cover to the pipe shall be satisfied unless specified otherwise in the
scope of work in SCC.
For Road crossing: 1.5 m from top of road to top of pipe.
For Rail Road crossing: 1.8 m from base of rail to top of pipe
For Canal crossing: i) 2.5 m from lowest bed in case of lined

crossing.
ii) 2.5 m from scour depth in case of

unlined crossing.
For river / streams: 2.5 m from scour depth.
Above cover requirements shall be considered for this project instead

of covers mentioned under this clause in specification. Other details
mentioned in this clause remain unchanged.
2. Refer Clause 3.3.1 of pre-testing. It shall be read as “Contractor shall

hydrostatically pretest the complete pipe string at 95% of SMYS
before installation as per approved procedure for a minimum period of
24 hrs.
3. Refer clause No. 3.7, Final Hydrostatic Test
“After temperature stabilization, pressure shall be retained in the

pipeline for a period of 6 hrs. and recorded by manothermograph”.
The above line shall be read as under.
“After temperature stabilization pressure shall be retained in the

pipeline for a period of 24 hrs. and recorded by manothermograph”.
Other details remain unchanged.
10) Amendment to Technical Specification for Linepipe NO.:

MEC/TS/05/21/012D, R-0.
MECON TS No. MEC/TS/05/21/012D, R-0 on Linepipe shall be
read in conjunction with following ammendments
Clause 5.0 : Process of Manufacture and Material
Line Pipe shall be manufactured by ERW Process only and the steel coils to be
procured from following steel suppliers.
- M/s POSCO, Korea

-- M/s Azovastal, Ukraine
-- M/s ILVA, Itly
-- M/s ISPAT, India up to 10.3mm thickness
-- M/s Essar Steel, Hazira
In case bidder propose steel manufacturer other than above for supply of HR
Coils to be used in manufacturing of quoted line pipes, bidder should submit
documentary evidence confirming supplier past track record of at least tonnage
equivalent to present bid quantity confirming to API 5L Gr. X 65 and above grade
steel. GSPL reserve the right to accept /reject the proposed steel supplier if they
don’t have past experience.
Clause 5.1.3.3.2 : PSL 2 Electric Welded Pipe
Electric welding shall be performed with a minimum welder frequency of 250

kHz.The system shall have an integrated control in which following data, as a
minimum shall be monitored.
• Time
• Welding Speed
• Current & Voltage
• Welding Temperature
• Heat Treatment Temperature
Clause 6.2.5.2 : Charpy Impact Tests for PSL 2
Charpy V-notch impact test in accordance with SR5 ( Appendix - F) shall also be
performed at (-)20 degree C for regular production and at (-)25 degree C. for First
Day Production.
Impact testing to be done at – 20, -25 degree and 0 degree at Base Metal,
Fusion line, Fusion line+2mm and Fusion line + 4 mm and acceptance
criteria for standard size sample as per ASTM A 370 is as follows
Grade Test Temp Minimum Average Value Minimum Single

X-65 ( for 3 specimen ) Value
Base Metal -20°/-25° C

And Weld 35 J 28 J
Base Metal 0° C 100 J 80 J

And Weld
Clause 7.3 : Wall Thickness
The tolerances on specified wall thickness shall be (+) 10% and (-) 0% on pipe body
as well as on weld.
Clause 7.5 : Length
The length of pipe upto 10.5 m shall also be acceptable for sampling pipes.

Clause 9.4.3 : Test Pressure
The test pressure of pipe shall be such that hoop stress (fibre stress) generated is at
least 95% of SMYS and test pressure shall be determined in accordance with
Appendix–K of API-5L.
Burst Test : ( New )

One pipe for entire campaign (lowest thickness ) shall be subjected to burst test and
burst pressure shall be noted. Burst pressure shall be more than 130% of minimum
yield strength.
Cyclic Hydro Test : ( New )
Cyclic Hydro Test has to be carried out 1 in every 500 pipes including 1 pipe in the “
First Day Production Test” as detailed below :
• The pipe to be pressurized upto 50% of the Hydro test pressure and hold
pressure for one hour.
• Drop the pressure to static head plus one bar.
• Pressurise again to 75% of the Hydro test pressure and hold the pressure for
one hour.
• Drop the pressure to static head plus one bar.
• Pressurise again to 100% of the Hydro test pressure and hold the pressure
for 6 hours and recorder shall be used to monitor the TIME V/S PRESSURE
throughout the Test duration of 24 hours.
Clause 9.8.3 : Non-Destructive Inspection
For UT and MPI , one qualified inspector of Level-III shall be available at pipe mill
for overall supervision of UT and MPI.
Clause 9.8.3.3 : Lamination Det ection
Either coiled strip area shall be 100% ultrasonically tested or pipe body shall be
100% ultrasonically tested for lamination detection.
Clause 9.8.4 : Radiological Inspection – Weld Seams
Spot random radiographic examination of weld seam to the extent of 0.5% shall be
carried out at pipe mill for the ordered quantity.
Clause 9.8.5.2 : Ultrasonic and Electromagnetic Inspection Reference

Standards.
The primary reference sensitivity level shall be adjusted on the following reference
reflectors for UT inspection:
Lamination Detection - FBH 1.6 mm
Defect Detection Welds - Notch N5
APPENDIX – F
SR 6 : Drop Weight Tear Testing ( DWTT ) On Welded Pipe
DWTT shall be carried out in accordance with the requirement of SR 6.2 through SR
6.8 Two transverse specimens shall be taken from one length of pipe from each lot
of 100 pipes per heat.
The test shall be conducted at(-)20 degree C.
At least 80% of the heats shall exhibit a fracture appearance shear area of 75% or
more for the specified test temperature.
All applicable supplementary requirement for PSL – 2 are mandatory.
11.) Amendment to Technical Specification No.:MEC/S/05/62/014, R-2

(Specification for 3-Layer Polyethylene coating Of Linepipes)
Sl. No. Cl. No Modified Clause

CD test for 48 hrs – One test shall be
conducted at manufacturer’s In house lab.
7.5.2 .e
CD test for 30 days – Two numbers test shall
O1 (CD Test)
be conducted, one test at manufacture’s In
house lab and another test in an independent
lab. of national/international recognition.
02 8.13 (Chemical Pre-treatment) Chemical Pre-treatment with Chromate
solution is not applicable
03 9.2.2 (Coating Thickness) The minimum coating thickness on weld seam
shall be 3.2 mm and minimum coating
thickness on body shall also be 3.2 mm.
The thickness for the epoxy shall be 180
microns , adhesive 200 microns and balance
shall be polyethylene.
04 9.2.11 (Cut Back) Cut back length shall be 110 mm (+)20, (-) 0
mm from pipe ends.
05 10.5.b (Bond Strength Test) The frequency of test for cut back portions
shall be one pipe in every fifty (50) pipes
coated. Majority of the peeled off area on the
pipe shall show presence of adhesive to be
removed.
06 Coating system/ Material Pre - Contractor shall propose coating system(s)
qualification indicating specific grade of epoxy,adhesive
and polyethylene manufactured by any of he
material Manufactures indicated in Technical
Specification and submit the details as per
Table 1.
07 Design Temperature Maximum Design Temp. for 3 LPE coating
system shall be + 60° C.

APPENDIX-VI
SCHEME SHOWING DEMARCATION

OF M/L AND TERMINAL
APPENDIX-VII
THIRD PARTY AGENCY

PIPELINE PROJECT
APPENDIX
THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY (TPIA)
D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\APPENDIX-VII TPIA.doc Page 1 of 5

PIPELINE PROJECT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
2. SCOPE
3. COORDINATION WITH TPIA
4. ELECTRICAL
5. FIELD INSTRUMENTS

PIPELINE PROJECT
1. INTRODUCTION
Owner has decided that the Independent Third Party Inspection Agency (TPIA) shall
witness, review and certify all quality related activities pertaining to Supply of Materials
and Construction. The TPIA shall ensure that all quality related requirements during
manufacturing/construction are followed as per Owner/Owner’s representative
specifications and approved Documents. The extent of TPIA involvement as indicated in
tender shall be binding on the contractor and no activity shall be accepted if not
approved/certified by TPIA.
This chapter also indicates general quality control requirements for various activities
pertaining to Gas Pipeline Projects.
2. SCOPE
TPIA, as appointed and paid by the Owner, shall be involved in all inspection and
testing related activities for Mechanical, Electrical, Civil and Instrumentation system.
The extent of TPIA involvement is indicated in the various Quality Control Sheets
attached with the tender document and also shall be as per final approved QA/QC
procedures or as per codes and standards, wherever applicable. For items/construction
activities for which, Quality Control Tables are not attached, contractor shall require to
submit the Quality Control Sheets and Quality manual and shall obtain Approval of
Owners/Owner’s representative. Prior to start of any activity pertaining to supply of
material or carrying out construction at site. Owner/Owner’s representative shall get the
documents reviewed by the TPIA.
The various Hold points/TPIA involvement as mentioned in various QC sheets are

indicative minimum, however, actual involvement shall be decided by Owner/Owner’s
Representative during review of documents, and contractor shall be bound by the same.
As indicated in various QC tables, TPIA shall witness minimum 10% of the activities
pertaining to manufacture on each day or as indicated in final approved documents.
TPIA involvement in various construction activities at site/Workshop of the

contractor/Sub vender of the contractor shall be as per the approved construction
procedures prepared by the contractor and approved by the Owner/Owner’s
representative.
Contractor shall also submit the calibration certificates of all the

equipment/Instruments, which are part of manufacturing/Inspection & Testing for TPIA
review. TPIA shall also Check/witness the necessary calibration of such
equipment/Instruments during visit to contractor’s works.
TPIA representative deputed at Construction site will apart from the construction
activities, shall also be involved in certification of all supply material received at site.
Contractor shall not be allowed to use such material in construction activities, which is
not certified by the TPIA.
Contractor shall have to carryout all necessary inspections and testing which are

PIPELINE PROJECT
indicated in Approved documents and shall have to provide all necessary latest Tools &
Tackles, measuring Instruments and facilities, which are required by the TPIA/
Owner/Owner’s representative and all necessary assistance to carry out
Inspection/Testing at Contractor’s cost.
Owner/Owner's representative shall have a right to inspect any activities
3. COORDINATION WITH TPIA
Contractor on award of the Contract/LOI shall submit the detail procurement and
construction schedules within fifteen (15) days to Owner/Owner’s representative for
their approval. The detail item wise Construction/Manufacturing schedule indicating
dates and location of manufacturer works shall be submitted by the Contractor within
seven (7) days from the date of issue of their internal Indent /Purchase order to sub
vendor.
Contractor shall inform in writing seven (7) days in advance to inform the
Owner/Owner’s representative for Inspection Notice/Call. All coordination among
Owner/Owner’s representative/TPIA and Contractor’s/ Vendor’s works shall be the
responsibility of Contractor. In case the Contractor fails to honor its inspection
calls/notice, contractor has to reimburse all costs incurred by the Owner/Owner
representative toward TPIA at actual.
Inspection of site construction activities shall be coordinated on daily basis and

adequate notice shall be given to Owner/Owner’s representative to mobilize TPIA, this
shall be as per site conditions and requirements.
3.1. Mechanical
The Minimum requirements are indicated in the Quality Control Tables attached and as
detailed above.
3.2. Civil
In addition to as indicated above, all procured items required for civil works should
satisfy the following conditions:
• It should be of reputed make having proven record of being successfully used in similar
works earlier and as per approval by Owner’s Representative.
• All materials shall be of standard quality and shall be procured from renowned sources /
manufacturers approved by Owner/ Owner’s representative.
• All tests of the materials as specified by the relevant BIS codes should be carried out by
the contractor in an approved laboratory and the test reports should be duly
authenticated by the laboratory and should be submitted to TPIA for his approval. If so
desired by Owner/ Owner’s representative, tests shall be conducted in his presence or
in presence of his authorized nominee.

PIPELINE PROJECT
• Quality and acceptance of materials not covered under general technical specifications
shall be governed by relevant BIS codes. In case BIS codes are not available for
particular material other codes i.e. BS/DIN/ API/ASTM shall be considered.
• The Contractor shall submit manufacturer’s test reports on quality and suitability of any
material procured from them and their recommendations on storages/ application/
workmanship etc. for the intended use. Submission of manufacturer’s test reports does
not restrict Owner/ Owner’s representative from asking fresh test results from an
approved laboratory of the actual materials supplied even from an approved
manufacturer.
4. ELECTRICAL
• Contractor shall furnish the QAP for Panels, DG Sets, Cables, UPS for Owner’s review.
• QA Plan will commence at the instigation of the requisition and follow through to
equipment acceptance thus ensuring total conformity to the specifications.
• Type test certificates of similar equipment shall be provided.
• Routine tests shall be carried out on the panels, DG sets, Cables, UPS, Flame proof
equipment and other items as per I.S.S.
• Owner/Owner’s Representative reserves the right to witness routine acceptance tests at

the manufacturer works as indicated in QAP & ISS.
• Owner/Owner’s Representative will witness the routine tests on Panels, DG sets, UPS at
the manufacturer works prior to dispatch, to prove compliance with specifications.
• Owner/Owner’s Representative shall carry out the inspection of the erection and witness
the testing & commissioning of the equipment at site and approve the test certificates.
5. FIELD INSTRUMENTS
• Contractor shall furnish the quality assurance procedure for field instruments and cables
for review of Owner/ Owner’s representative.
• QAP will commence at the instigation of the requisition and follows through to
equipment acceptance. Thus ensuring total conformity to the specifications.
• Type test certificates of similar equipment shall be provided.
• Owner/Owner’s Representative shall carryout the inspection of erection of the

equipment and witness the testing and commissioning and approve the certificates.

APPENDIX-VIII
LIST OF MINIMUM NOS OF

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TO BE
DEPLOYED
LIST OF MINIMUM NOS. OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TO BE DEPLOYED
Sl. Equipment Description Qty.

No. (Nos.)
1. Grader 2
2. Dozer D7/ D6 Or, Equivalent 2
3. Excavator/ Back-Hoe (≥ Hitachi 100 or equivalent) 8
4. JCB Or, Excavator/ Back-Hoe (≥ Hitachi 60 or equivalent) 2
5. Side Boom/ Pipe Layer Or, Equivalent 4
6. Hydra-( 8-10 MT) 16
7. Tyre Mounted Crane (20 MT) 1
8. Diesel Welding Machine/ Welding Rectifier 20
9. DG Set 120 kVA + Stabilizer As required
10. Automatic Bevelling Machine 2
11. Internal Clamp ND 10” 2
12. External Clamp ND 10” 4
13. Internal X-ray Unit (Complete) 1
14. External X-ray Unit (Complete) 1
15. Manual UT As required
16. Gamma Ray Unit (Complete) 1
17. Radiography Film Viewer 2
18. Sand Blasting Unit (Complete) 4
19. Air Compressor (Minimum 300 CFM) 4
20. Air Compressor (Minimum 600 CFM) 1
21. Holiday Detector 2
22. Dewatering Pump 10
23. Water Filling Pump of Adequate Capacity 2
24. Dosing Pump of Adequate Capacity 1
25. Pressurization Pump – Motorised ( Adequate capacity ) 2
26. Complete hydrotesting kit (dead weight tester, pressure instrument, temperature 1
inst. etc.)
27. Pipe Bending Machine 1
28. Horizontal Augur Boring Machine As required
29. HDD Machine with adequate pipe pulling capacity > 10T minimum alongwith As required
complete accessories/ equipment
30. Rock Breaking m/c with Excavator 1
31. Mono Drill Crawler Mounted / Hand Drill (Pneumatic) with Compressor As required
32. Pneumatic Drill (Tractor Mounted for Blasting) with Compressor As required
33. Pipe Trailers of adequate size 3
34. Concrete mixture 6
35. Gruniting Machine 1
36. Pipe Locator 1
Note:
1. Bidder is required to mobilize the above minimum equipments in good working condition and suitable to lay this
12” diameter pipeline. Bidder is required to augment the above list with additional numbers of equipments as per
actual requirement and instruction of Engineer-In-Charge without any additional financial implication to client.
2. Bidder shall replace any defective / damaged equipments promptly to complete the work without any time & cost
implication to the client / owner.
3. After completion of certain activities, in case equipments are not required the same can be demobilized with prior
approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
4. Any other equipment required for completion of pipeline laying and associated works but not specifically
mentioned above here, shall be deployed by Contractor without any additional cost.

Data Sheets, Approved Vendors

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Data Sheets, Approved Vendors

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Data Sheets, Approved Vendors

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED

PADAMLA – GODHARA GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)

LAYING OF PIPELINES, TERMINALS AND ASSOCIATED

TENDER NO. 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Cover-Nov'06.doc

Name of Project : EPC contract including Residual Engineering,

Tender Document No. : 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)

2) Particular Job Specification for Civil, Architectural & Structural Works

3) Particular Job Specification for Electrical Works

4) Particular Job Specification for Instrumentation Works

5) Particular Job Specification for Telecommunication Works

6) Particular Job Specification for Cathodic Protection Works

7) Particular Job Specification for CO2 Flooding System

Note: Part-A, B & C covered in Volume-IA of V i.e. General – Commercial

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Master Table of Content.doc

PADAMLA – GODHARA GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)

LAYING OF PIPELINES, TERMINALS AND ASSOCIATED

TENDER NO. 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)

MASTER TABLE OF CONTENT

Name of Project : EPC contract including Residual Engineering,

Tender Document No. : 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)

1) Volume-IA of V : General – Commercial

2) Volume-IB of V : General – Technical (Particular Jobs Specification)

3) Volume-IC of V : Price Schedule

4) Volume-II of V : Standard Technical Specification

5) Volume-III of V : Standards Technical Specification

6) Volume-IV of V : Standards Technical Specification

7) Volume-V of V : Tender Drawings & Standard Drawings

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Master Table of Content.doc

1.0 PARTICULAR JOB SPECIFICATION

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\PJS-Final-GSPL.doc Page 1 of 55

1.0 General & Project Description

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\PJS-Final-GSPL.doc Page 2 of 55

1.0 GENERAL & PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.1.3 Where any portion of the General Condition of Contract is repugnant, to or at

1.1.6 It will be Contractor’s responsibility to bring to the notice of Engineer-in-charge any

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\PJS-Final-GSPL.doc Page 3 of 55

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.2.2 Detail of Existing Pipeline

The tap-off shall be taken from existing SV at Padmala on Baroda – Ahmedabad

Status of Pipeline : Under Operation

1.2.3 Proposed Grid Line

Basic objective of the new pipeline is to cater to the need of industrial

1.2.4 Details of Proposed Pipeline

Line Size : 12” OD

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\PJS-Final-GSPL.doc Page 4 of 55

1.3 Pipeline and Facilities

1.3.1 Trunk Line

• Padamla to Halol (~ 37.5 km)

• GIDC Halol at ch. 37.230 km

1.3.3 Consumer Connection

• Tap-off Station at ch. 37.230 km on 12” Padmala – Halol Pipeline to

At following location pipeline terminals are provided.

• Tap-off cum Despatch Terminal : At Sokhada

Pipeline diameter (NB) in inches : 12” / 8”

1.3.6 Pipeline Material

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\PJS-Final-GSPL.doc Page 5 of 55

b) Pipeline Fitting and Flanges

1.4 PIPELINE PARAMETERS